Laboratory Catalog
Laboratory Catalog 2016/17
METTLER TOLEDO
2016/17
Balances
UV/VIS Spectroscopy
Titration
Density Meters
Refractometers
pH Meters & Electrodes
Thermal Analysis
Pipettes
Automated Synthesis
Real-time Analytics
Analytical Excellence
to Improve Customer Processes
Contents
General Introduction
LabX Software
Service
Weighing and Dosing
Applications and Accessories
4 – 25
16 – 19
20 – 23
26 – 77
78 – 107
Mass Comparators
108 – 115
Moisture Analyzers
116 – 125
Pipettes
126 – 143
UV/VIS Spectroscopy
144 – 149
Titration
150 – 177
Density Meters & Refractometers
178 – 191
pH Meters & Electrodes
192 – 217
Automated Synthesis &
Real-time Analytics
218 – 231
Melting Point & Dropping Point
232 – 239
Thermal Analysis
240 – 250
You will find a detailed table of contents
on the overview page of the respective chapter
3
Product Portfolio
Innovative Products
For a Wide Range of Applications
METTLER TOLEDO's comprehensive product range provides users with flexibility and precision in every application plus outstanding quality and functionality. See the overview of our range below.
Weighing
METTLER TOLEDO is constantly changing the world
of balances. The Quantos
automated dosing and
sample preparation solution and innovations
such as StatusLight,
­StaticDetect and SmartGrid provide complete
weighing security. Our
comprehensive portfolio
of lab balances offers
maximum user protection,
unparalleled measurement performance, full
data security and seamless traceability.
4
Titration
The new generation
of titration solutions
focuses on ease of use
and flexibility: Its unique
OneClick™ user interface
keeps training times to a
minimum and speeds up
workflows. The completely
automatic recognition
of connected sensors,
burettes and other accessories saves time again,
while also enhancing
operational safety. The
modular design ensures
perfect adaption to any
titration application.
pH Measurement
From basic handhelds
to flexible two-channel
meters, METTLER TOLEDO
offers a full spectrum of
premium quality pH and
ion instruments. SevenExcellence meters, for
example, stand for easyto-understand operation,
high measurement accuracy and outstanding flexibility: Depending on the
module attached, various
parameters such as pH,
conductivity etc. can be
measured.
Thermal Analysis
METTLER TOLEDO is the
technology leader in
thermal analysis instrumentation. The innovative
product range includes
DSC, TGA, TMA and DMA,
as well as an unmatched,
very powerful common
software platform. Recent
innovations such as Flash
DSC, the TOPEM® modulation technique and the
HSS7 DSC sensor guarantee better results at higher
sensitivities.
Physical Values
METTLER TOLEDO's digital
instruments determine
the refractive index and
density simply, accurately,
and, depending on the
instrument, even simultaneously. Additionally,
METTLER TOLEDO offers
a comprehensive array
of easy-to-use instruments, to quickly and
reliably determine thermal
data. Using optical and
calorimetric methods,
the instruments measure
materials’ physical properties and phase changes.
Pipetting
RAININ pipettes enhance
lab performance and help
reduce time-to-market
by guaranteeing optimum
accuracy and repeatability. Innovative ergonomic
designs, including the
patented LTS LiteTouch
System, minimize fatigue
and injuries, thus helping to reduce operator
errors and inaccuracies.
­RAININ’s calibration and
maintenance services
are built on METTLER
TOLEDO’s high-precision
balances and expertise.
UV/VIS Spectroscopy
FastTrack™ UV/VIS
technology and One
Click™ operation comprise the basis for sustainable, trustworthy performance for the fast and
simple operation of the
UV/VIS Excellence line.
The PC Software LabX®
fosters fast spectral data
management and seamless integration into a
METTLER TOLEDO based
instrument network.
Automated Chemistry
METTLER TOLEDO provides
the enabling technology,
software and people that
can help build a seamless
workflow to transform
bench scale chemistry into
a commercial process.
Our enabling tools and
services have been a
strategic resource providing critical information to
thousands of development
scientists and engineers
for more than 20 years.
5
New Products
New Product Solutions
For Research and Development
METTLER TOLEDO offers a broad portfolio of high performance laboratory
instruments for many different applications. Our broad product portfolio
was developed to meet the special needs of research and development.
6
EasySampler
Automated Representative Sampling
TerraRack BioClean Tips
Contamination-free experiments
Taking samples for offline analysis is common but difficult. EasySampler automatically
samples homogeneous, heterogeneous and
viscous chemistry. Samples are taken and
quenched at reaction conditions, leading to
representative, reproducible sampling.
The eco-friendly TerraRack with pre-sterilized
BioClean tips eliminates the need to autoclave. All BioClen tips are completely inert and
free from contamination, so they won’t influence experimental outcome in any way.
More information on page 222
} www.mt.com/easysampler
More information on page 138
} www.mt.com/rainin
FastTrackTM UV/VIS Spectroscopy
Speed Up Your Measurements
The UV/VIS Excellence line provides fast
and reliable measurements on a very
compact footprint thanks to FastTrack™
technology. Intuitive One Click™ operation
and pre-defined applications speed up
the spectroscopic workflow.
More information on page 146
} www.mt.com/UV-VIS
7
New Products
New Product Solutions
For Effective Quality Control
Getting reliable results efficiently is key for most quality control laboratories.
METTLER TOLEDO’s new product solutions not only focus on providing precise
results but also make operation easier and support compliance with SOPs
and regulations.
8
One Click® Titration
Efficient, Secure, Modular
HC103 Moisture Analyzer
Trusted Results at OneClickTM
One Click® titration means a milestone in
solutions for simple, efficient and secure
titration. The Titration Excellence models T5,
T7, and T9 provide intuitive and easy operation, maximize efficiency in daily tasks and
eliminate potential operator errors.
Save valuable working space with this compact moisture analyzer. Its robust design
ensures reliable results for years to come.
Perfect for quality control and in-process
control applications.
More information on page 154
} www.mt.com/titration
More information on page 122
} www.mt.com/moisture
XPE Balances
Worry-free Weighing
Durable and easy to clean, XPE precision balances offer high readability and
repeatability from milligram to kilogram
samples. Quality management features
ensure fast, confident weighing.
More information on page 58
} www.mt.com/balances
9
Global Presence
Global Presence
With Strong Solutions
Lab instruments are such important tools that a powerful
lab partner is a great asset, especially one with the R&D
strength and knowledge to develop products that add true
value to lab processes. METTLER TOLEDO boasts a truly
global presence ready to serve you in even the most remote
locations and providing application support and technical
assistance wherever and whenever needed.
Large, Highly Experienced Support Force
We serve our customers worldwide with one of the
largest sales and service networks in the industry.
Over 5,000 factory-trained specialists in sales,
application support and technical service are on-hand
to assist you in increasing the efficiency, costeffectiveness, safety and reliability of your operational
processes. The local teams are able to maintain close
relationships with users, they have the flexibility to
adapt support and service in line with different user
requirements.
10
METTLER TOLEDO has its own Sales & Service Organizations
in 36 countries as well as Distribution & Service Partners
in most other countries across the globe.
Products are developed and produced in various locations
in the United States, Europe and China.
Continuous Innovation
Global Presence
Innovation means traditional research and development, but it goes beyond technology and involves all
of our employees. METTLER TOLEDO has long been
a leader in innovation – not only in products and
services, but in the way we think about everything.
Innovation is the art of finding answers before the
question is asked. Our Company’s culture c­ enters on
innovation. With a team of over 1000 scientists and
engineers we spend considerably more than our peers
on product development. Originally known as specialists for weighing, today we are a recognized leader in
various technologies which translate into powerful lab
solutions.
With our own market organizations operating in most
industrialized countries as well as selected partners
in other regions, we are ready to serve customers well
around the globe. In total our products and services
are available in over 100 countries. Our geographically
focused market organizations are responsible for all
aspects of sales, service and support.
METTLER TOLEDO sales & service locations
} www.mt.com/global-presence
11
Knowledge Tools
Broaden Your Knowledge
At the METTLER TOLEDO Online Library
Looking for a method for your moisture analyzer, a webinar on
lean laboratory practice or a concise guide to refresh your titration
knowledge? Our new Lab Library has it all… and more! A one-stop
portal to access knowledge resources such as webinars, whitepapers, applications, and magazines.
Live and On-demand Webinars
Literature
Magazines
Web-based seminars (webinars),
live and on demand, give you the
opportunity to receive specific
and relevant information concerning industry trends, applications, product knowledge and
best practices in the laboratory.
Benefit from our database of
applications covering all industry
segments.
Our newsletters provide insights
into applications, case studies, new products and industry
trends.
www.mt.com/lab-webinars
12
Furthermore, the whitepaper
finder digs out the right paper for
your knowledge needs.
www.mt.com/lab-literature
UserCom journals feature practical examples and applications to
gain efficiency and insights.
www.mt.com/lab-magazines
Youtube Laboratory Channel
Experience our range of laboratory products with selected
videos from our YouTube laboratory channel. The informative
videos offer a comprehensive overview of our product innovations and application solutions.
www.youtube.com/mtlaboratory
13
One Click
Simplify Your Daily Routines
With One Click™
Many lab instruments require multiple steps to get an analysis
or other processes started. This can be a true hassle especially
for routine ­operations, but also makes it hard to use instruments
for infrequent u­ sers. Therefore METTLER TOLEDO has worked
with its broad user base to develop One Click operation: All your
routine tasks are executed at the press of One Click!
Back Home
Method Start
Routine Task
Access
The “home” button on the instrument brings
the user to the
home screen,
nobody can get
lost in the user
interface.
If a method key
is pressed, the
complete routine is started.
No further confirmations or
configura­tions
are needed:
Just One Click.
Press the corresponding
shortcut to start
common routing tasks such
as cleaning or
data evaluation.
The home
screen of the instrument shows
all the key tasks
of a certain
user.
Karl Fischer Titrator
Refractometer
SevenExcellence
14
Analytical Balance
Excellence Titrator
Density Meter
Melting Point
One common operation interface
across all key Lab instruments
Most of the METTLER TOLEDO instruments share the same One Click
user interface. This means e.g. that once you know how to use a titrator
it’s very easy to use a density meter or melting point instrument as well.
UV/VIS
Key benefits of One Click operation:
• Easier and faster execution of tasks
• Each user sees only the functions/actions he needs
• Routine users e.g. in production only see what they need
and are not confused by unneeded functionality
• Operation mistakes are avoided
• SOP are automatically followed
• Less training is needed
See One Click in action in this short video
www.mt.com/one-click-titration
15
SmartSample
Smarten Up Your Workflow
With SmartSample
Workflow optimization is key for QC labs. The SmartSample™
weighing system for titration automation increases efficiency
with RFID technology. Tags attached to the beaker transfer
sample information wirelessly, eliminating transcription and
ordering errors.
16
Titration Automation
for Improved Workflows
Automate your titration workflows
to enhance your processes.
Get advice from the
'Titration Automation Guide'
www.mt.com/LAB-tit-workflow
Smart Tags page 91
XPE Analytical Balance page 38
InMotion Autosampler page 158
Get more information on
www.mt.com/smartsample
17
LabX Software
One Software Solution
for Multiple Lab Instruments
METTLER TOLEDO's instrument and application expertise is
built into LabX software. One solution that brings instrument
and workflow control to multiple instruments.
18
Workflow Guidance
Regulation Support
Automation – Integration
Ensure your process security with
complete user guidance of your
SOP on the instrument touch
screen – even without a computer on the lab bench.
Full traceability, enforced SOP
methods, and extensive audit
trail supports the regulated lab
with 21 CFR part 11, EU Annex
11, and ISO 17025.
Eliminate transcription errors by
automating the entire process.
Start on benchtop instruments
with one common software and
integrate with any lab informatics
system.
LabX Competence and Knowledge Center
To download the whitepapers and watch LabX in action
www.mt.com/LabX
19
LabX Software
Power the Bench
with Data and Workflow Management
With the LabX solution, training time for multiple instruments is reduced, only
one system has to be validated and maintained for many instrument types. Integrating to other lab systems is simplified and more cost effective with just one
point of connection for all the LabX instruments.
In the Office
With LabX you control data and process information centrally. You can
manage SOP methods, users and instruments, and also view results as
they are generated in real time.
In the Lab
According to how your lab works,
work on the instrument or computer. Full user guidance is en­­forced with
all data automatically and securely recorded and printed.
On the Computer
Use design tools for your application methods and reports according to
your SOP. The complete overview of data and control of instruments is
available from any computer at all times.
On the Instrument
LabX provides full step by step user guidance on the instrument touchscreen. Automatic data handling means manual transcription errors are
eliminated. Overall LabX software offers a simplified and secure system.
20
Step 1
Select starter pack
Starter Pack Express
Up to 3 instruments attached
to a local computer.
Edition
LabX Express
Instrument License
x1
Option License*
* The option license for user management is
included for Liquiphysics and Thermal Values
Step 2
Configure according to
application needs
Step 3
Choose instruments
to be connected
Starter Pack Server
Up to 30 instruments and the capability
to distribute the system over multiple
computers. Advanced options available.
Edition
LabX Office
Instrument License
x1
Option License
User Management
Option License
Auto Import/Export
Option License
Description
User Management
Centrally maintain and control users and roles
Product Database
Manage product data and parameters centrally. Run methods based on products
Auto Import/Export
Automatically import and export data with other systems with .csv or XML file format
Statistics
Analyze measurements and monitor process changes, taking into account applicable
regulations
Regulation
Full support of regulatory requirements including 21 CFR part 11, and EU annex 11
Report Designer
Configure advanced reports with data in chart, graph, and table formats
System Integration
Integrate with Lab Informatics systems (LIMS, ELN, ERP) using API webservices
Supported Benchtop Instruments:
• Balance
• Density Meter
• Melting Point
• pH meter
• Quantos
• Refractometer
• Titrator
• UV-VIS
For more information
www.mt.com/LabX
21
Service
METTLER TOLEDO Service
The Market Leader at Your Service
Day-to-day laboratory routine is highly repetitive yet innovative, characterized by very complex applications and the need for guaranteed data quality
and strict control of the process risks. It is a world very sensitive to the
­total cost per data point that demands for utmost precision and accuracy
and permanent compliance with industrial regulations and norms.
Four values satisfying your service needs
METTLER TOLEDO has understood these challenges and the continuous
­support requirements of our customers and thus provides you with a profound
know-how and a comprehensive service offering focusing on the following four
key values, highly relevant in every laboratory environment around the world.
22
Uptime
Performance
Compliance
Easy access to support knowhow and regular equipment
checks according to standard
procedures ensure maximum
uptime at minimal costs.
Professional installation and
setup of your equipment along
with the use of thoroughly tested
applications guarantee high performance from day one.
Full compliance with your industries’ regulatory norms is a must
all over the world. This secures
audits and provides you with
peace of mind.
Your laboratory equipment is
often subjected to tough environments and high-utilization
in critical processes, requiring
every minute of uptime, guarding
against equipment breakdown,
parts failure, and ‘wear and tear’.
Regular preventative mainten­
ance according to procedures
recommended by the manufacturer ensures efficient and
consistent performance throughout the life of your equipment,
preventing out-of-specs results
at all times.
Take advantage of our comprehensive equipment qualification
and calibration packages combining standard DQ/IQ/OQ
documentation with recommendations for maintenance and
routine testing specific to your
application.
Expertise
Your expertise paired with the
know-how of our Service Team
are key to maximum uptime, best
performance and 100% compliance.
Benefit from the large portfolio of
optimized applications, scientific
publications, SOPs and technical
documentation. In our tailored
trainings and seminars, your personnel acquires the knowledge
and skills to run your business
with maximum efficiency.
Get more information on
www.mt.com/service
23
Good Measuring Practices
Good Measuring Practices
Five Steps to Improved Quality
Good Measuring Practices by METTLER TOLEDO is a global program
­supporting you in laboratory and production environments with quality
­assurance.
The five steps of all Good Measuring Practices guidelines start with an evaluation of the
­measuring needs of your processes and their associated risks. We also take into account
regulatory requirements and norms relevant to your industry.
With this information, Good Measuring Practices provide straight forward recommendations
for selecting, installing, calibrating and operating laboratory equipment and devices.
Optimize Cost & Quality
Tame Your Process Risk
Comply with Regulatory
GTP Risk Check
What is your titration risk?
Different factors can affect titration results. Take 5 minutes to
answer 8 questions to estimate
the reliability of your titration
results.
The five steps of Good Measuring Practices cover the entire
lifecycle of your equipment and
deliver practical guidance for
implement­ing all necessary
quality assurance measures.
It may significantly reduce the
total cost of ownership of your
laboratory equipment while safeguarding process quality.
METTLER TOLEDO’s risk-based
guidelines for laboratory equipment empower you to make the
right decision when- and wherever it really matters.
Spend 5 minutes to run our Risk
Check tools and learn more
about your process specific
risks.
Have every confidence in your
process safety and instrument
performance day in, day out.
24
Good Measuring Practices help
you to fully comply with the regulatory norms and requirements of
your industry.
The guidelines satisfy all your
needs for quality control and
assurance and support you with
audit-proof documentation, thus
providing you with peace of mind
at all times!
1. Evaluation
Analyze your process flows and its
associated criteria to consistently
assure the highest quality of your
application and your data.
5. Routine Operation
Benefit from tangible recommen­
dations for optimal performance
­verification, calibration and
­maintenance.
2. Selection
Choose the ideal
combination of
instrument and
measuring technology to best match
your process needs.
4. Calibration & Qualification
Trust the manufacturer-trained
METTLER TOLEDO Service Team
when it comes to calibrating and
qualifying your instruments.
3. Installation & Training
Enjoy every confidence in your new
device and master it with full professional skills right from day one.
p. 30
Good Weighing Practice™
Guaranteed Better Weighing Results – At Your Fingertips with GWP®
p. 171
Good Titration Practice™
Dependable Titration in Practice – Reliable Results with GTP®
p. 143
Good Pipetting Practice™
Improved Pipetting Techniques – Minimize Risk with GPP™
p. 217
Good Electrochemistry Practice™
Reliable pH Measurements – Thanks to GEP™
p. 190
Good Density and Refractometry Practice™
Secure Density and Refractometry Results – Guaranteed by GDRP™
p. 244
Good Thermal Analysis Practice™
Fast and secure Thermal Analysis Results – With the help of GTAP™
p. 239
Good Melting and Dropping Point Practice™
Reliable Thermal Values – Optimized by GMDP™
p. 146
Good UV/VIS Practice™
Accurate and Reliable Spectroscopy – Ensured by GUVP™
For more information
www.mt.com/gp
25
Weighing
and Dosing
Everything you need for worry-free weighing
26
Page
Weighing and Dosing Overview
28 – 29
GWP® Verification
30 – 31
Micro Weighing
Overview
XP/XS Micro and Ultra Microbalances
XPE Micro-Analytical Balances
32 – 33
34 – 35
36 – 37
Analytical Weighing Overview
XPE Weighing and Dosing Solutions
XPE Analytical Balances
Quantos Automated Dosing
XS Analytical Balances
MS Semi-micro Balances
MS-TS Analytical Balances
ML-T and ME-T Balances
38
40
42
44
48
50
52
54
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
39
41
43
47
49
51
53
55
Precision Weighing Overview
XPE Precision Balances
XS Precision Balances
XS Ex Precision Balance
MS-L Precision Balances
MS-TS Precision Balances
ML-T and ME-T Precision Balances
56
58
60
62
64
66
68
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
57
59
61
63
65
67
69
PL-E Portable Balances
70 – 71
LabX Software Solutions
72 – 73
Service
74 – 75
Service Agreements and Calibration
Certificates
Regulatory Compliance and Expertise
76 – 77
27
Weighing and Dosing Overview
Laboratory Weighing
Your Solution Is Here
METTLER TOLEDO’s weighing
and dosing expertise and
manufacturing competence
goes into every balance to
bring you outstanding performance. In combination with
laboratory software and
dedicated accessories, you
can ­create a customized solution to make your weighing
applications fast, simple and
worry-free.
Micro Weighing
To accurately weigh the
smallest of samples,
choose from our range of
semi-micro, micro and ultra
microbalances which offer
up to 61 million resolution
points.
Micro Weighing
Trust in METTLER TOLEDO’s
weighing expertise and manufacturing competence.
28
Software Solutions
Service
Trust in your results with our
high performing analytical
balances: capacity, readability, security features
and built-in applications
to suit all your analytical
requirements.
From 0.001 g to 64 kg, we
have the precision balance
you need. Robust and easy
to clean, these balances will
give you years of service.
Enjoy worry-free weighing
by letting our software solutions take care of your data
automatically. Benefit further
from SOP user guidance,
assured traceability and
increased productivity.
Our worldwide service network
is always on hand to help you
keep your instruments
performing at their peak.
Service
Precision Weighing
Precision Weighing
Analytical Weighing and Dosing
Analytical Weighing
and Dosing
Software Solutions
Weighing and Dosing Overview
29
GWP® Verification
Accurate Measuring Through GWP®
the Global Weighing Standard
Good Weighing Practice™ (GWP®) is the science based global weighing
standard for the efficient life cycle management of weighing systems. The
risk-based approach allows you to improve control of your whole measuring
process, which in turn helps to avoid costly out of specification results.
Benchmark Your Quality Management System
GWP® Verification helps you assure accurate weighing results as part of your quality
­management system. Applicable for all balances and scales, it provides an optimized testing
and calibrating scheme which may translate to sustainable time and cost savings.
Reproducible Accuracy
The GWP® Verification documentation provides all necessary
­information on testing procedures, frequencies, weights and
pass/fail tolerances. This allows
you to maintain reliable weighing
accuracy over the lifetime of your
weighing equipment.
30
Feasible Cost Savings
Optimized routine testing based
on your risk management
ensures consistently good quality
in critical applications. Additionally, a sound testing scheme
saves costs by eliminating
unnecessary tests in lower risk
processes.
Audit-Proof Documentation
The GWP® Verification summary
report contains the assessment
of all weighing equipment in
one audit-proof document. Color
codes indicate where requirements have not been met and
cost savings can be achieved.
You will receive clear recommendations on how to eliminate any
gaps and improve overall quality
under operating conditions.
GWP® Verification
For your success: you focus on your process; we take care of the m
­ easurement.
Your Benefits
•
•
•
•
The accuracy of your weighing instruments is matched to your process tolerances.
A comprehensive summary report provides an overview of the status of all weighing e­ quipment.
An optimized routine testing and calibration schedule results in sustainable cost savings.
Audit-proof and up-to-date documentation complements your quality management system.
Latest GWP® Solution
GWP® Recommendation
GWP® Recommendation is a
unique service which helps you
select the balance that meets your
process requirements. Purchasing
the right balance from the outset
saves money and provides peace
of mind.
Get in contact with us and get a
free GWP® Recommendation.
For more information:
www.mt.com/gwp
31
Micro Weighing Overview
Microbalance
Overview
This overview helps you identify which microbalance range
best suits your needs.
XP Microbalances and
­Ultra-Microbalances
Unmatched performance and
repeatability for weighing the
smallest samples.
XS Microbalances
XPE Microanalytical Balances
Superb weighing technology with
dual scale readability.
Higher capacity for dosing
­directly into your target container.
Capacity up to 6.1 g
Readability 1 μg, 0.1 μg
Capacity up to 3 g
Readability 1 μg
Capacity up to 56 g
Readability 1 μg
More info on pages 34-35
More info on pages 34-35
More info on pages 36-37
User Safety and Qualified Results (Accurate Results)
Instant Comfort and Easy Cleaning (Efficient Operation)
GMP/GLP Compliance Support (Quality Assurance)
Integration and Data Handling (Seamless Process)
Automation Options
32
Micro Weighing Overview
XPE56 Micro-Analytical Balance
METTLER TOLEDO microbalances and ultra microbalances offer up to 61 million points of resolution
to give you accurate and precise weighing results
for the smallest of sample sizes. Years of weighing expertise coupled with innovative technologies
brings you balances with outstanding weighing
performance.
1000 Balances.
4 Steps.
One Recommendation.
www.mt.com/easyfinder
www.mt.com/micro
33
XP/XS Micro and Ultra Microbalances
Outstanding Performance
for Smallest Sample Sizes
With up to 61 million resolution points, XP micro and ultra
microbalances are ideal for accurately measuring the
smallest of samples.
Touchless Operation
With a wave of a hand over
the SmartSens sensor, you can
open (or close) the draft shield
door automatically, either to the
left or right, allowing you to stay
focused on handling your valuable samples.
270° Access
The draft shield on the XS3DU
microbalance allows 270° access to the weighing chamber for
more comfortable dosing of the
smallest samples.
Optical Guide
Tolerances can be set individually. The optical guide helps to
achieve the smallest possible
sample weight.
Minimum Weight
The MinWeigh function helps
you to comply with the minimum
sample weight required by USP.
Auditors view the MinWeigh
certificate as a QM document.
The XP2U Automated-S Microbalance is
designed for weighing unique sample
shapes and is easily integrated into
automated processes, resulting in higher
productivity.
34
Easy Operation with LabX
The user can access predefined
weighing applications from the
display and work through them
step by step using the intuitive
user prompts.
XP/XS Micro and Ultra Microbalances
User Safety and
Qualified Results
(Accurate Results)
High resolution cell technology
Internal adjustment with sensitivity test
Instant Comfort and
Easy Cleaning
(Efficient Operation)
Color touchscreen (except XS3DU)
User interface in 11 languages
Easy cleaning
SmartTrac guided dosing to target
Automatic draft shield (except XS3DU)
SmartSens for hands-free operation
GMP/GLP Compliance
Support
(Quality Assurance)
Graphical leveling
MinWeigh protection
GWP® Excellence
FACT, GWP & admin history
8 users & password protection
Process Integration
and Data Handling
(Seamless Process)
LabX ready
Built-in RS232 & optional 2nd interface
Automation Options
LabX ready
XP2U Ultra-Microbalance
Microbalances
Model Maximum capacity
Readability Repeatability 2)
Linearity
XP2U 2.1 g
0.1 µg
0.2 µg
1.5 µg
0.8g
XS3 DualRange
3.1g
1 µg / 10 µg
0.8 µg / 5 µg
10 µg
XP6U 6.1 g
0.1 µg
0.25 µg
4 µg
XP6 6.1 g
1 µg
0.6 µg
4 µg
Settling time USP Minimum
Weighing
(typical)
Weight 1) pan ∅ (mm)
10 s
0.3 mg
16
10 s / 6 s 1.5 mg / 9 mg
27
15 s
0.3 mg
16
7s
0.8 mg
27
Part No.
11122430
11122445
11122400
11122415
Automated Microbalances
XP2U Automated-S
XP6 Automated-S
1)
2)
2.1 g
6.1 g
0.1 µg
1 µg
0.2 µg
0.6 µg
1 µg
4 µg
10 s
7s
0.3 mg
0.8 mg
61x22
61x 22
30014393
30014395
Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load
Guaranteed value
All models also available in verified version.
www.mt.com/micro
35
XPE Micro-Analytical Balances
Worry-free Weighing
High Capacity Microbalances
XPE microanalytical balances deliver the highest capacity coupled with the
lowest possible minimum weight. This means you can dose directly into a
larger tare container, saving valuable material and making s­ ignificant cost
reductions. Fast, easy and safe.
36
StaticDetect™ – Sample OK
A warning is given if the weighing error caused by static
charges is above the userdefined limit. For the highest
process security, antistatic
measures neutralize the charge
and ensure the most accurate
results.
StatusLight™ – Balance Ready
The StatusLight uses color to
indicate intuitively the status of
the balance. Green means
ready, yellow is a warning and
errors are shown with red.
LabX® – Processes under Control
LabX laboratory software provides
flexible SOP user guidance on
the balance touchscreen. Automatic data handling, calculations
and report generation eliminate
transcription errors and assure
full traceability.
SmartGrid Micro
The unique SmartGrid minimizes
the effects of air turbulence,
so that stabilization times are
greatly reduced when compared
to a standard pan weighing pan.
Secure Dosing
Direct dosing is accurate, fast,
and fits any working situation thanks to the intelligently
­designed ErgoClips. For the
­fastest possible stabilization
times, the MinWeigh door micro
is essential.
Easy Cleaning
Minimize the risk of contamination: Each panel of both the
­inner and outer draft shield
can be removed easily and is
cleaned in a flash!
XPE Micro-Analytical Balances
XPE56 Microanalytical Balance
User Safety and
Qualified Results
(Accurate Results)
High resolution technology
Internal adjustment with sensitivity testing
Internal temperature control
StaticDetect™
Instant Comfort and
Easy Cleaning
(Efficient Operation)
Color touchscreen
11 languages
ErgoClips Micro for direct dosing
Easy cleaning
SmartGrid Micro hanging weighing pan
SmartTrac guided dosing to target
Automatic inner & outer draft shield
SmartSens for hands-free operation
GMP/GLP
Compliance
Support
(Quality Assurance)
Graphical leveling & level warning
MinWeigh protection
TestManager™
FACT, GWP & admin history
8 users & password protection
StatusLight™
Process Integration
and Data Handling
(Seamless Process)
LabX ready
RFID communication ready
Compact Antistatic Kit ready
Built-in RS232 & optional 2nd interface
Automation Options
Quantos upgrade ready (XP56)
LabX ready
RFID communication ready
Automated Dosing
Automated dosing with Quantos powder and liquid
dispensing modules enables you to achieve the
highest level of accuracy and safety in sample
preparation and can reduce minimum weight by up
to 30%.
Always Level
The new LevelGuide™ provides you with a warning
when the balance is not level. Simple and clear
instructions and a graphical level bubble are shown
on the screen. Level the balance in seconds!
Micro-Analytical
Model
XPE26
XPE26 DeltaRange
XPE56
XPE56 DeltaRange
XPE56 Quantos 3)
Capacity
22 g
8g
22 g
11 g
52 g
52 g
52 g
Readability
1 µg
2 µg / 10 µg
1 µg
2 µg / 10 µg
1 µg
Repeatability 2)
1.5 µg
2 µg / 5 µg
1.5 µg
2 µg / 6 µg
1.5 µg
Linearity
6 µg
10 µg
20 µg
30 µg
20 µg
USP Minimum
Weight 1)
1.4 mg
2.4 mg
1.4 mg
2.4 mg
1.0 mg 3)
Weighing
pan (mm)
40x40
40x40
40x40
40x40
40x40
Part No.
30105893
30105897
30105904
30105932
30133090
Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load
Guaranteed value
3)
XPE56 Quantos is only for use with Quantos dosing modules. The declared USP Minimum Weight is for an automated dosing system.
1)
2)
All models also available in verified version.
www.mt.com/micro
37
Analytical Weighing Overview
Analytical Balance
Overview
This overview helps you identify which analytical balance range best suits your needs.
XPE
Supporting the highest needs for
safety, efficiency, quality assurance and ease of compliance.
XPE Automated Dosing
Add Quantos dosing modules to
your XPE balance for the highest
dosing precision and smallest
minimum weights.
XS
The essential everyday functionality you need in a high performance balance.
Capacity up to 520 g
Readability 0.005 mg / 0.1 mg
Capacity up to 520 g
Readability 0.005 mg / 0.1 mg
Capacity up to 320 g
Readability 0.01 mg / 0.1 mg
More info on pages 40-43
More info on pages 44-47
More info on pages 48-49
User Safety and Qualified Results (Accurate Results)
Instant Comfort and Easy Cleaning (Efficient Operation)
GMP/GLP Compliance Support (Quality Assurance)
Integration and Data Handling (Seamless Process)
Automation Options
38
Analytical Weighing Overview
1000 Balances.
4 Steps.
One Recommendation.
www.mt.com/easyfinder
MS-TS
Hardworking balances with
performance you can trust and
comfortable operation.
ML-T
These compact and versatile balances are easy to integrate and
can be battery operated.
ME-T
High quality entry level balances
with solid performance.
Capacity up to 320 g
Readability 0.01 mg / 0.1mg
Capacity up to 320 g
Readability 0.1 mg
Capacity up to 220 g
Readability 0.1 mg
More info on pages 50-53
More info on pages 54-55
More info on pages 54-55
User Safety and Qualified Results (Accurate Results)
Instant Comfort and Easy Cleaning (Efficient Operation)
GMP/GLP Compliance Support (Quality Assurance)
Integration and Data Handling (Seamless Process)
Automation Options
www.mt.com/analytical-balances
39
XPE Weighing and Dosing Solutions
XPE Weighing and Dosing Solutions
the Sustainable Investment
An investment in an XPE balance ensures you get the accurate weighing
results you want today. To protect your investment, these flexible balances
enable you to adapt your balance over time through the addition of
accessories, extra peripheral devices, LabX and Quantos dosing modules.
Be ready for today as well as prepared for the years to come.
• Automated powder and liquid dosing – Quantos
• Data management and process security – LabX
• Efficient applications – accessories and
peripheral devices.
Weighing & Liquid Dosing
Weighing
40
XPE Weighing and Dosing Solutions
Automated Powder Dosing
Weighing, Powder & Liquid Dosing
LabX Laboratory Software
SOP user guidance on the instrument, automatic data handling,
bidirectional integration with ERP
systems.
For more details, please see
page 18
Accessories
Optimize your processes by adding peripheral devices
and accessories.
For more details, please see page 78
41
XPE Analytical Balances
XPE: Secure Analytical Weighing
Reliable Results for Years to Come
XPE analytical balances provide outstanding performance
and the lowest minimum sample weight in analytical
weighing, whilst supporting the highest requirements for
safety, efficiency and Quality Assurance.
42
StaticDetect™ – Sample OK
When static charges are present,
the weighing error is measured
and a warning is given. For
the highest process security,
the user can employ anti-static
measures to neutralize the
charge and ensure the most
­accurate results.
StatusLight™ – Balance Ready
The StatusLight uses color to
indicate intuitively the status of
the balance. Green means
ready, yellow is a warning and
errors are shown with red. The
clearly visible light communicates if the balance is ready for
you to start your weighing task.
LabX – Processes under Control
LabX laboratory software provides flexible SOP user guidance
on the balance touchscreen.
Automatic data handling, calculations and report generation
eliminate transcription errors
and assure full traceability.
SmartGrid & ErgoClips
The unique SmartGrid minimizes
the effects of air turbulence, so
that stabilization times are reduced. Direct dosing is accurate,
fast, and fits any working situation thanks to the intelligently
designed and flexible ErgoClips
– installed in seconds.
Easy Cleaning
Minimize the risk of contamination: Each panel of the draft
shield can be removed easily
and is cleaned in a flash.
Operation – Ergonomic
The enhanced touchscreen user
interface offers intuitive balance
operation. SmartSens s­ ensors
allow you to operate your
­balance with the wave of a hand
(e.g. open/close draft shield
door). Tasks are easier, safer and
cross contamination is avoided.
XPE Analytical Balances
User Safety and
Qualified Results
(Accurate Results)
High resolution cell technology
Internal adjustment with sensitivity test
Internal temperature control
StaticDetect™
Instant Comfort and
Easy Cleaning
(Efficient Operation)
Color touchscreen
User interface in 11 languages
ErgoClips for direct sample dosing
Easy cleaning
SmartGrid hanging weighing pan
SmartTrac guided dosing to target
Automatic draft shield
SmartSens for hands-free operation
GMP/GLP Compliance Support
(Quality Assurance)
Graphical leveling & level warning
MinWeigh protection
Test Manager
FACT, GWP & admin history
8 users & password protection
StatusLight
Process Integration
and Data Handling
(Seamless Process)
Quantos upgrade ready
LabX ready
RFID communication ready
Compact Antistatic Kit ready
Built in RS232 & optional 2nd interface
Automation Options
Model
XPE206 DeltaRange
XPE105
XPE105 DeltaRange
XPE205
XPE205 DeltaRange
XPE204
XPE304
XPE504
XPE504 DeltaRange
Quantos upgrade ready
LabX ready
RFID communication ready
Maximum capacity
81g
220 g
120 g
41 g
120 g
220 g
81g
220 g
220 g
320 g
100 g
Readability Repeatability 2)
0.005/0.01 mg
0.015 mg
0.01 mg
0.015 mg
0.01/0.1 mg
0.015 mg
0.01 mg
0.015 mg
0.01/0.1 mg
0.015 mg
0.1 mg
0.05 mg
0.1 mg
0.08 mg
520 g
0.1 mg
0.08 mg
520 g
0.1/1 mg
0.5 mg
Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load
Guaranteed value, 5% load
3)
The declared USP Minimum Weight is when using Quantos automated powder and liquid dosing
All models also available in verified version.
XPE205 Analytical Balance
RFID Solutions
RFID Smart Tags enable secure transfer of titration sample information from your balance to your
­titrator. EasyScan™ allows information exchange with
Quantos dosing heads and can also check test and
calibration dates on ­pipettes. The built-in application
guides you through the pipette check process.
Fully Upgradable
Automated dosing with Quantos powder and liquid
dispensing modules enables you to achieve the highest level of accuracy and safety in sample preparation
and can reduce minimum weight by up to 30%.
AntiStatic Kits
The compact ionizer fixes on to your balance to gently
and effectively remove charges from the sample and
tare container. External units are also available.
USP Minimum
Weight 1)
14 mg
14 mg
14 mg
14 mg
14 mg
82 mg
82 mg
82 mg
82 mg
USP Automated
Minimum Weighing
Weight 3) pan (mm)
10 mg
78x73
10 mg
78x73
10 mg
78x73
10 mg
78x73
10 mg
78x73
82 mg
78x73
82 mg
78x73
82 mg
78x73
82 mg
78x73
Part No.
30132913
30087635
30087924
30087653
30087700
30087643
30131288
30087770
30133099
1)
2)
www.mt.com/xpe-analytical
43
Quantos Automated Dosing
Upgrade Your XPE Balance
with Quantos Automated Dosing Modules
Automated dosing with Quantos powder and liquid dispensing modules
enables you to achieve the highest level of accuracy and safety in sample
preparation, and can reduce sample preparation errors by up to 60%.
This means that when working with valuable or toxic substances, only the minimum amount
of substance necessary is used. In sample preparation, Quantos gravimetrically doses the
right amount of solvent to reach the target concentration. Variability and out-of-specification
errors are eliminated. Complies with USP 841 and SOP revalidation is not required.
44
Smallest Minimum Weight
Automated dosing and weighing
reduces the minimum sample
weight of your balance by up
to 30%. Nanoparticles, fine
powders, granules and heterogeneous mixes are all suitable for
dispensing.
Protects Users
Operator exposure to hazardous
and toxic substances is minimized by attaching the Quantos
dosing head directly to the sample container. The powder is then
dispensed directly into the target
vial.
Contamination-free Weighing
One powder dosing head is dedicated to one substance or lot
number for the duration of its
lifetime to avoid cross contamination. Samples are identified
safely via the built-in RFID chip.
Container Flexibility
By simply adjusting the height
of the dosing head, Quantos
can be used for filling vials,
bottles, tubes, capsules, stability
pouches, ampules, syringes and
more.
Secure Processes
Connect your Quantos system to
LabX and benefit from user guidance, full traceability, guaranteed
adherence to SOPs, automatic
calculations and customizable
reports. All data and process
information is saved securely,
assisting in compliance with FDA
21 CFR Part 11.
Boost Productivity
Dose up to 30 samples in one
fully automated run.
Quantos Automated Dosing
Quantos Upgrades for XPE Analytical Balances
Module
Description
Part No.
Q2 Powder Dosing Module
Automates powder dosing and reduces the minimum weight of the XPE balance
30005906
QL2 Liquid Dosing Module
Pump module can be used with Q2 or QLX45
30008317
QLL 1000 Bottle and Dosing Head
1000 ml pressure tight bottle. Up to 3 per QL2
30008318
QLX45
Liquid Dispensing Kit for XPE balances
30008618
QS30 Autosampler
Processes up to 30 samples per batch
11141300
NetCom Kit
Required for servicing of the upgraded balance
11141832
Ethernet Option
Required for servicing of the upgraded balance
11132515
Ionizing Kit
Optional
11141829
Cable Box
Optional
11141845
www.mt.com/quantos
45
Quantos Automated Dosing
Quantos Automated Dosing Systems
for Highest Accuracy and Safety
Preparing samples is a labor-intensive task influenced by many factors
including the environment and user skill. Automated dosing with Quantos powder and liquid dispensing modules enables you to achieve the highest level of
accuracy and safety in sample preparation.
The Quantos system is modular and fully adaptable to your specific dosing needs.
Your XPE analytical balance can still be used in the usual way.
46
Quantos Liquid System
Quantos Powder & Liquid System
Quantos Autosampler System
XPE205 Balance
QL2 Liquid Dosing Module
QLX45 Dispensing Module
XPE206DR
Q2 Powder Dosing Module
QL2 Liquid Dosing Module
XPE206DR
Q2 Powder Dosing Module
QS30 Autosampler
The Quantos liquid dosing module
enables extremely accurate gravimetric addition of liquids and solvents. When preparing solutions,
any error in substance dosing is
automatically compensated for.
Both the Quantos powder and
liquid dosing modules can be
added to the XPE206DR analytical balance to create the perfect
setup for accurate standard and
sample preparation.
Add the Quantos powder dosing unit and autosampler to the
XPE206DR to allow up to 30
samples to be accurately dispensed in one automated run.
Compatibility with XPE Balances
XPE Balances
Q2
QL2
QLL1000
QLX45
QS30
XPE56Q
yes
yes
yes
no
no
XPE206 DeltaRange
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
XPE205
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
XPE205 DeltaRange
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
XPE105
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
XPE105 DeltaRange
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
XPE204
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
XPE304
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
XPE504
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
XPE504 DeltaRange
yes
yes
yes
yes
no
www.mt.com/quantos
47
XS Analytical Balances
XS: Worry-free Weighing
Ergonomic, Reliable and Accurate
The XS analytical balance line, with its innovative accessories, sets new
standards for fast and efficient weighing processes. Unique features on XS
analytical balances make balance operation as comfortable and as safe
as possible.
Fast Results
SmartGrid™ minimizes the effects of air currents to dramatically reduce stabilization times.
Spilled substances fall through
the grid and do not influence
your weighing results.
Ergonomic Dosing
Thanks to the unique ErgoClip
accessories, you can dose directly
into your tare container in one
easy step – this not only speeds
up weighing processes but saves
valuable substances too.
48
Easy Cleaning
The full weighing chamber, including SmartGrid and the drip
tray underneath, dismantles in
seconds and all parts go in the
dishwasher.
Intuitive Operation
The touchscreen is bright and
clear to read. Fatigue and eye
strain are greatly reduced thanks
to a terminal that can be adjusted
to individual comfort levels –
brightness, contrast and the size
of the digits are all configurable.
XS Analytical Balances
User Safety and
Qualified Results
(Accurate Results)
High resolution cell technology
FACT internal adjustment with
advanced features
Instant Comfort and
Easy Cleaning
(Efficient Operation)
Touchscreen
Large clear numbers on display
User interface in 11 languages
ErgoClips for direct dosing to target
Easy Cleaning
SmartGrid hanging weighing pan
GMP/GLP Compliance Support
(Quality Assurance)
TestManager embedded software
MinWeigh function
FACT and GWP history
Password protection
Process Integration
and Data Handling
(Seamless Process)
Built in RS232
Optional 2nd interface
LabX ready
Automation Options
LabX ready
XS204 Analytical Balance
Model
XS105 DualRange
XS105
XS205 DualRange
XS225 DualRange
XS64
XS104
XS204
XS204 DeltaRange
XS304
1)
2)
Maximum capacity
41g
120 g
120 g
81 g
220 g
121 g
220 g
62 g
120 g
220 g
81 g
220 g
320 g
Readability Repeatability 2)
0.01/0.1 mg
0.02 mg
0.01 mg
0.02 mg
0.01/0.1 mg
0.02 mg
0.01/0.1 mg
0.02 mg
0.1 mg
0.07 mg
0.1 mg
0.07 mg
0.1 mg
0.07 mg
0.1/1 mg
0.1 mg
0.1 mg
0.07 mg
Linearity
0.2 mg
0.2 mg
0.2 mg
0.2 mg
0.2 mg
0.2 mg
0.2 mg
1 mg
0.2 mg
USP Minimum Weighing
Weight 1) pan (mm)
20 mg
78x73
16 mg
78x73
20 mg
78x73
20 mg
78x73
82 mg
78x73
82 mg
78x73
82 mg
78x73
82 mg
78x73
82 mg
78x73
Part No.
11106009
30132870
11106000
30132858
11106015
11106012
11106003
11106006
30132948
Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load
Guaranteed value
All models available in verified version.
www.mt.com/xs-analytical
49
MS Semi-micro Balances
MS: Semi-micro Balances
for Higher Accuracy Needs
With 10 μg readability, MS semi-micro balances are perfect for
weighing your smallest samples. The high resolution technology
(HRT) weighing cell is made in Switzerland and guarantees your
results are accurate and reliable.
50
Accurate Results
Temperature controlled automatic
internal adjustment (FACT) uses
the two built-in weights to test
for sensitivity and non-linearity
to ensure consistently accurate
results.
Ergonomic Doors
The doors do not project beyond
the balance so you save valuable bench space. To enable
ergonomic dosing processes, the
right hand door can be opened
with the left lever – and vice
versa.
Reliable and Versatile
You can depend on these balances for weighing all your
small samples, be it in process
or quality c­ ontrol, density determination or formulation.
Durable and Robust
The metal housing protects the
weighing sensor from environmental influences and impacts.
Consistency and precision is
guaranteed year after year –
even with intensive use in harsh
environ­ments.
Pipette Check Application
Quickly convert your semi-micro
balance into a pipette checking
station by installing an evaporation trap. The built-in application
guides you through the pipette
check process.
MS Semi-micro Balances
User Safety and
Qualified Results
(Accurate Results)
High resolution weighing cell (HRT)
Two built-in adjustment weights
FACT - fully automatic time and temperature-controlled internal adjustment
Low minimum weight
Full metal housing
Instant Comfort and
Easy Cleaning
(Efficient Operation)
HCD High contrast display (18 mm
high digits)
Easy cleaning with QuickLock for
glass panels
ErgoDoor left/right operation
Telescopic draft shield doors for
reduced footprint
GMP/GLP Compliance Support
(Quality Assurance)
Menulock (Settings protection)
PipetteCheck with evaporation trap
(optional)
Integration and
Data Handling
(Seamless Process)
2 interfaces - USB and RS232
Bluetooth option
PC Direct application for easy data
transfer (no software needed)
MS105
Model
MS105
Maximum capacity
MS105 DualRange
42g
MS205 DualRange
MS204 4)
Readability
0.01 mg
120 g
82 g
Linearity
Repeatability 2)
0.04 mg
0.1 mg (0.02 mg)
USP Min. Weighing
Weight 1) pan (mm)
0.16 g
∅ 80
Part No.
11142056
0.01 mg / 0.1 mg
0.03 mg / 0.08 mg
0.15 mg (0.02 mg)
0.16 g
∅ 80
11142062
220 g
0.01 mg / 0.1 mg
0.05 mg / 0.08 mg
0.2 mg (0.02 mg)
0.16 g
∅ 80
11142068
220 g
0.1 mg
0.09 mg
0.2 mg
0.16 g
∅ 80
11142074
120 g
Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load
Guaranteed value
3)
Typical value within 10 g
4)
MS Semi-micro design with 0.1 mg readability
1)
2)
www.mt.com/ms-analytical
51
MS-TS Analytical Balances
MS: Trusted Results at Your Fingertips
Worry-free Weighing
The built-in security features on MS analytical balances
ensure results are always valid. Using the built-in applications, simple instructions guide you through your weighing
tasks. The risk of human error is greatly reduced.
52
Large Color Touchscreen
The 7” extra-large color TFT
touchscreen display is operable
through cotton, silicon and rubber gloves. An intuitive user interface and 18mm high digits bring
comfort to your daily tasks.
Assured Traceability
Enter up to 4 IDs per sample
using the built-in touchpad or
a barcode reader for fast and
reliable traceability (e.g. user,
sample, batch etc.).
Effortless Cleaning
The QuickLock draft shield
dismantles in seconds without any tools and all parts are
dishwasher proof. Surfaces are
smooth and rounded to make
cleaning easy.
Built-in Leveling Function
The built-in LevelControl function
issues a warning when the balance is not level and provides
onscreen guidance to help you
level the balance correctly within
seconds.
Minimum Weight Function
During weighing-in, the weight
value remains red until the net
sample weight is above the preprogrammed minimum value.
Enter your own minimum value
for additional safety.
Passcode Protection
Create a passcode to restrict
modification of balance settings
to authorized personnel only functions that affect metrological performance are protected
against accidental alteration.
MS-TS Analytical Balances
User Safety and
Qualified Results
(Accurate Results)
MonoBloc weighing cell and overload protection
FACT - fully automatic temperaturecontrolled internal adjustment
MinWeigh warning function
Wind ring for faster settling times
Full metal housing
Instant Comfort and
Easy Cleaning
(Efficient Operation)
7” Extra-large color TFT touchscreen
(18mm high digits)
LevelControl function
Statistics - improved management of
weighing data
Easy cleaning with QuickLock for
glass panels
GMP/GLP Compliance Support
(Quality Assurance)
ISO-Log-records important changes,
e.g. adjustments, leveling status
Sample ID – avoids confusion
between samples and provides
traceability
Passcode protection - only authorized users can make adjustments
Integration and
Data Handling
(Seamless Process)
3 interfaces - USB device, USB host
and RS232
Bluetooth option
PC Direct application for easy data
transfer (no software needed)
MS204TS
Model
MS104TS
MS204TS
MS304TS
1)
2)
Maximum capacity
120 g
220 g
320 g
Readability
Repeatability 2)
Linearity
USP Minimum
Weight 1)
Weighing
pan (mm)
Part No.
0.1 mg
0.1 mg
0.2 mg
0.16 g
∅ 90
30133522
0.1 mg
0.1 mg
0.2 mg
0.16 g
∅ 90
30133523
0.1 mg
0.1 mg
0.2 mg
0.16 g
∅ 90
30133524
Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load
Guaranteed value
www.mt.com/ms-analytical
53
ML-T and ME-T Balances
ML-T and ME-T Analytical Balances
Offering Convenience and Simplicity
ML-T and ME-T balances round off our analytical balance port­folio with two
­distinct ranges aimed at meeting your different analytical weighing needs.
ML-T balances offer you a compact, versatile design and full portability to
give you r­ eliable and accurate results in the lab or out in the field. The
ME-T balances are designed for easy and efficient operation.
ML-T
Compact and Clever
ME-T
Solid Performer
ML204T
54
ME204T
The robust, high performance MonoBloc weighing
cell gives you accurate results and ensures a long
balance lifetime. The compact design has a footprint
of just 290 x 184 mm. Battery operation enables
you to take your ML-T balance anywhere – ideal for
work in the field.
ME-T balances offer all the basic functionality you
need for your weighing tasks. Easy to use and easy
to clean, your daily work becomes fast and efficient.
The solid construction means you can rely on accurate results for many years to come.
www.mt.com/mlt-analytical
www.mt.com/me-analytical
ML-T and ME-T Balances
ML-T Features
User Safety and Qualified
Results (Accurate Results)
MonoBloc weighing cell and overload protection
FACT - fully automatic temperature-controlled internal adjustment
MinWeigh warning function
Wind ring for faster settling times
Metal base
Instant Comfort and Easy
Cleaning (Efficient Operation)
4.5” Large color TFT touchscreen
LevelControl function
Statistics - improved management of weighing data
Easy cleaning with QuickLock for glass panels
Extra small footprint
Battery operation
MonoBloc ensures accurate results
GMP/GLP Compliance
Support (Quality Assurance)
ISO-Log-records important changes, e.g. adjustments, leveling status
Sample ID – avoids confusion between samples and provides traceability
Passcode protection - only authorized users can make adjustments
Integration and Data
Handling (Seamless Process)
3 interfaces - USB device, USB host and RS232
Bluetooth option
PC Direct application for easy data transfer (no software needed)
Battery compartment takes 8AA batteries
ME-T Features
User Safety and Qualified
Results (Accurate Results)
Overload protection up to 100 kg
FACT - fully automatic temperature-controlled internal adjustment*
Wind ring for faster settling times
Metal base
Instant Comfort and Easy
Cleaning (Efficient Operation)
4.5” Large color TFT touchscreen
Statistics - improved management of weighing data
Rounded edges and smooth surfaces are easy to clean
Metal base and reinforced body
GMP/GLP Compliance
Support (Quality Assurance)
Sample ID – avoids confusion between samples and provides traceability
Passcode protection - only authorized users can make adjustments
Integration and Data
Handling (Seamless Process)
3 interfaces - USB device, USB host and RS232
Bluetooth option
PC Direct application for easy data transfer (no software needed)
*Not available for models with external calibration (ME-TE)
ML-T Models
ML54T
ML104T
ML204T
ML304T
Maximum capacity
52 g
120 g
220 g
ME-T Models
ME54T
ME54TE
ME104T
ME104TE
ME204T
ME204TE
Maximum capacity
52 g
52 g
120 g
120 g
220 g
220 g
320 g
Easy connection
Readability
0.1 mg
0.1 mg
0.1 mg
0.1 mg
Readability
0.1 mg
0.1 mg
0.1 mg
0.1 mg
0.1 mg
0.1 mg
Repeatability 2)
0.1 mg
0.1 mg
0.1 mg
0.1 mg
Repeatability 2)
0.1 mg
0.1 mg
0.1 mg
0.1 mg
0.1 mg
0.1 mg
1)
Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load
Models with E: Adjustment with an external weight
Linearity
0.2 mg
0.2 mg
0.2 mg
0.2 mg
Linearity
0.2 mg
0.2 mg
0.2 mg
0.2 mg
0.2 mg
0.2 mg
2)
USP Minimum
Weight 1)
Weighing pan
(mm)
160 mg
∅ 90
160 mg
∅ 90
160 mg
∅ 90
160 mg
∅ 90
USP Minimum
Weight 1)
Weighing pan
(mm)
160 mg
∅ 90
160 mg
∅ 90
160 mg
∅ 90
160 mg
∅ 90
160 mg
∅ 90
160 mg
∅ 90
Part No.
30209022
30209023
30209024
30209025
Part No.
30216540
30216620
30216541
30216623
30216542
30216625
Guaranteed value
55
Precision Weighing Overview
Precision Balance
Overview
This overview helps you identify which precision balance range best suits your needs.
XPE
Outstanding weighing performance, thanks to the integrated
SmartPan. Innovative technologies help make your daily tasks
easier, error-free and compliant.
XS
Uniquely designed for ergonomic
operation and increased productivity. The integrated SmartPan
delivers accurate results in all
weighing conditions.
MS-TS
Hardworking balances with
performance you can trust and
comfortable operation.
Capacity up to 64 kg
Readability 0.1 mg – 1 g
Capacity up to 32 kg
Readability 1 mg – 1 g
Capacity up to 32 kg
Readability 1 mg – 1 g
More info on pages 58-59
More info on pages 60-63
More info on pages 64-67
User Safety and Qualified Results (Accurate Results)
Instant Comfort and Easy Cleaning (Efficient Operation)
GMP/GLP Compliance Support (Quality Assurance)
Integration and Data Handling (Seamless Process)
Automation Options
56
Precision Weighing Overview
1000 Balances.
4 Steps.
One Recommendation.
www.mt.com/easyfinder
ML-T
These compact and versatile balances are easy to integrate and
can be battery operated.
ME-T
High quality entry level balances
with solid performance.
Capacity up to 6 kg
Readability 1 mg – 0.1 g
Capacity up to 4 kg
Readability 1 mg / 0.01 g
More info on pages 68-69
More info on pages 68-69
User Safety and Qualified Results (Accurate Results)
Instant Comfort and Easy Cleaning (Efficient Operation)
GMP/GLP Compliance Support (Quality Assurance)
Integration and Data Handling (Seamless Process)
Automation Options
www.mt.com/precision-balances
57
XPE Precision Balances
XPE: Reliable Results for Years to Come
Even in Harsh Environments
Durable and easy to clean, XPE precision balances offer high readability and
repeatability from milligram to kilogram samples. The innovative SmartPan™
halves stabilization times on 1, 5 and 10 mg balances ensuring more efficient
operation. Quality management features like the new StatusLight™ ensure fast,
confident weighing in any laboratory.
58
Fast and Stable Performance
The integrated SmartPan makes
it possible to weigh down to 1
mg readability without a draft
shield delivering up to 2x faster
weighing results.
Ease of Compliance
The built-in Statuslight™ uses
green, yellow and red color to
indicate intuitively if the balance
is ready for you to start your
weighing task, e.g. if all tests are
up to date.
Ergonomic Operation
Simply wave your hand over the
SmartSens sensors to activate
selected balance operations e.g.
weigh, tare, or even send results
to the printer. Helps avoid crosscontamination too.
Customized Workflow Guidance
Implement your workflows in
LabX laboratory software and
benefit from user guidance on the
touchscreen as well as automatic
data handling, calculations and
reports. Helps fulfill the highest
process security and traceability
requirements.
Ergonomic and Efficient
Connect a barcode reader for
easy sample identification. Send
results to a wireless printer.
Track and manage your sample
data through an RFID read- write
device. Connection via RS232,
Ethernet, Bluetooth, etc.
Always Level
LevelGuide™ provides a warning
when the balance is not level.
Full instructions and a graphical
level bubble are shown on the
touchscreen so you can level
your balance in seconds.
XPE Precision Balances
User Safety and Qualified
Results (Accurate Results)
High resolution technology
proFACT Advanced (internal adjustment)
Lowest minimum weight
Instant Comfort and Easy
Cleaning (Efficient Operation)
Large TFTPlus color touchscreen
SmartPan (no draft shield)*
SmartTrac dosing guide
Big numbers on display (20mm)
Easy cleaning
Metal housing and IP54 in use
GMP/GLP Compliance
Support (Quality Assurance)
SmartSens for touch-less operation
StatusLight
Graphical leveling guide
Test Manager embedded software
MinWeigh function
FACT and GWP history
proFACT Advanced documentation
Password protection
Admin history
Integration and Data Handling (Seamless Process)
User management
LabX ready
Calibry ready
SmartSample ready (RFID titration)**
SQC-XPE statistics ready***
Automation Options
LabX laboratory software
XPE303SN
The world’s first 3 place balance without draft shield
Embedded Applications
Simple weighing, basic statistics, advanced
SQLab statistics***, formulation, totalization,
piece counting, percent weighing, density determination, differential weighing, titration application**, SampleTrack application** and routine
testing
*1 mg, 5 mg and 10 mg SmartPan models **Benchtop RFID read/write device needed ***Optional application
without draft shield
with draft shield
Model
XPE204S
XPE404S
XPE303S
XPE603S DeltaRange
XPE603S
XPE1203S
XPE3003S
XPE5003S
XPE303SN
XPE603SN DeltaRange
XPE603SN
XPE3003SD5
XPE6003SD5
XPE1202S
XPE2002S
XPE4002S
XPE6002S DeltaRange
XPE6002S
XPE8002S
XPE10002S
XPE4001S
XPE6001S
XPE8001S
XPE10001S
Maximum capacity
210 g
Readability
0.2 mg
0.2 mg
240 mg
0.1 mg
0.1 mg
0.2 mg
1 mg
0.9 mg
2 mg
610 g
1/10 mg
1/6 mg
6 mg
610 g
1 mg
0.9 mg
1 mg
0.8 mg
1 mg
Weighing pan
(mm)
Part No.
90
30077934
120 mg
90
30077946
1g
127 x 127 3)
30114552
1.6 g
127 x 127 3)
2 mg
1g
127 x 127 3)
30115872
30115733
2 mg
820 mg
127 x 127 3)
30115878
1.2 mg
6 mg
1.2 g
127 x 127 3)
30116201
1 mg
1.2 mg
6 mg
2g
127 x 127 3)
30116354
1 mg
0.9 mg
2 mg
1g
127 x 127 3)
30265517
610 g
1/10 mg
1/6 mg
2 mg
1.6 g
127 x 127 3)
30265561
610 g
1 mg
0.9 mg
2 mg
1g
127 x 127 3)
30265549
5 mg
6 mg
6 mg
6g
172 x 205 3)
30126017
5 mg
6 mg
6 mg
6g
172 x 205 3)
30126029
10 mg
8 mg
20 mg
8.2 g
172 x 205 3)
30116167
10 mg
8 mg
20 mg
8.2 g
172 x 205 3)
30116189
10 mg
8 mg
20 mg
8.2 g
172 x 205 3)
30116338
6100 g
10/100 mg
8/60 mg
60 mg
8.2 g
172 x 205 3)
30116397
6100 g
10 mg
8 mg
20 mg
8.2 g
172 x 205 3)
30116387
10 mg
8 mg
20 mg
8.2 g
172 x 205 3)
30117888
10 mg
8 mg
20 mg
8.2 g
172 x 205 3)
30118106
0.1 g
80 mg
60 mg
82 g
190 x 223
30116326
0.1 g
80 mg
60 mg
82 g
190 x 223
30116363
0.1 g
80 mg
100 mg
82 g
190 x 223
30117876
0.1 g
80 mg
100 mg
82 g
190 x 223
30122677
10 mg
15 mg
20 mg
20 g
172 x 205 3)
30121228
10/100 mg
30/80 mg
60 mg
40 g
172 x 205 3)
30121392
0.1 g
80 mg
200 mg
82 g
280 x 360
30120456
0.1 g
80 mg
200 mg
82 g
280 x 360
410 g
1210 g
3100 g
5100 g
310 g
120 g
USP Minimum
Weight 1)
0.1 mg
310 g
120 g
Repeatability 2) Linearity 2)
3100 g
6100 g
1210 g
2100 g
4100 g
1200 g
8100 g
10100 g
4100 g
6100 g
8100 g
10100 g
Large Platforms
XPE15002L
XPE20002L DeltaRange
XPE10001L
XPE16001L
XPE32001L
XPE64001L
XPE32000L
XPE64000L
1)
15100 g
20100 g
4200 g
10100 g
16100 g
32100 g
64100 g
32100 g
64100 g
Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at <= 5% load
All models also available in verified version.
0.1 g
80 mg
300 mg
82 g
280 x 360
30121370
30122687
0.1 g
100 mg
500 mg
82 g
280 x 360
30122715
1g
0.6 g
0.6 g
820 g
280 x 360
30120466
1g
0.6 g
0.6 g
820 g
280 x 360
30122607
2)
Guaranteed value
2)
SmartPan included
www.mt.com/xpe-precision
59
XS Precision Balances
XS: High Efficiency at Work
with Ergonomic Comfort
XS precision balances help you get your work done quicker, delivering fast,
accurate and stable results even in difficult weighing conditions. All XS balances are uniquely designed with a focus on comfortable and ergonomic
operation, easy cleaning, efficiency and reliability.
Innovative Weighing Pan
The SmartPan, which sits under
the standard weighing pan, minimizes the effects of air currents
on the weighing cell, delivering
results up to two times faster
and improving repeatability by
up to two-fold.
Intuitive Touchscreen Interface
At 16 mm high, the large figures
on the display are bright and
clear to read. Eyes don’t get tired
and you remain focused on the
weighing task.
Easy to Clean
The robust design, with rounded
edges and flat surfaces, makes
cleaning easy. All weighing pan
parts and the precision draft
shield go in the dishwasher.
Good Working Posture
Placing the terminal at eye-level
on the new ErgoStand™ eliminates excessive bending of the
neck and encourages a good
working posture.
High-Capacity Weighing
Large platforms and robust
­construction enable
high-capacity weighing.
XS32001L
60
XS Precision Balances
User Safety and Qualified
Results (Accurate Results)
High resolution technology
proFACT Advanced (internal adjustment)
Instant Comfort and Easy
Cleaning (Efficient Operation)
SmartPan (no draft shield)*
Big numbers on display (16mm)
Easy cleaning
Metal housing and IP54 in use
GMP/GLP Compliance
Support (Quality Assurance)
Test Manager embedded software
MinWeigh function
FACT and GWP history
proFACT Advanced documentation
Password protection
Integration and Data Handling (Seamless Process)
LabX ready
Calibry ready
Full connectivity
Automation Options
LabX laboratory software
XS603S
*1 mg and 10 mg SmartPan models
Embedded Applications
Simple weighing, basic statistics, formulation, totalization, piece counting,
percent weighing, density determination and routine testing
without
draft
shield
with draft
shield
Model
XS303S
XS603S
XS1203S
XS303SN
XS603SN
XS1202S
XS2002S
XS4002S
XS6002S DeltaRange
XS6002S
XS10002S
XS4001S
XS6001S
XS8001S
XS10001S
Maximum capacity
310 g
Readability Repeatability 2)
USP Minimum Weighing pan
Weight 1)
(mm)
Part No.
1g
127 x 127 3)
30134079
2 mg
1g
127 x 127 3)
11130159
2 mg
820 mg
127 x 127 3)
30134179
0.9 mg
2 mg
1g
127 x 127 3)
1 mg
0.9 mg
2 mg
1g
127 x 127 3)
30265590
30265602
10 mg
8 mg
20 mg
8.2 g
172 x 205 3)
30134167
10 mg
8 mg
20 mg
8.2 g
172 x 205 3)
11130171
10 mg
8 mg
20 mg
8.2 g
172 x 205 3)
11130174
6100 g
10/100 mg
8/60 mg
60 mg
8.2 g
172 x 205 3)
11130183
6100 g
10 mg
8 mg
20 mg
8.2 g
172 x 205 3)
11130180
10 mg
8 mg
20 mg
8.2 g
172 x 205 3)
30134197
0.1 g
80 mg
60 mg
82 g
190 x 223
11130186
610 g
1210 g
310 g
610 g
1210 g
2100 g
4100 g
1200 g
Linearity
10100 g
4100 g
6100 g
8100 g
10100 g
1 mg
0.9 mg
2 mg
1 mg
0.9 mg
1 mg
0.8 mg
1 mg
0.1 g
80 mg
60 mg
82 g
190 x 223
11130189
0.1 g
80 mg
100 mg
82 g
190 x 223
11130192
0.1 g
80 mg
100 mg
82 g
190 x 223
30006900
Large Platforms
XS10001L
XS16001L
XS32001L DeltaRange
XS32001L
XS16000L
XS32000L
10100 g
0.1 g
80 mg
200 mg
82 g
280 x 360
30134205
0.1 g
80 mg
200 mg
82 g
280 x 360
11130663
32100 g
0.1/1 g
0.1/0.6 g
300 mg
82 g
280 x 360
11130669
32100 g
0.1 g
80 mg
300 mg
82 g
280 x 360
11130666
1g
0.6 g
0.6 g
820 g
280 x 360
11130672
1g
0.6 g
0.6 g
820 g
280 x 360
11130675
16100 g
6400 g
16100 g
32100 g
Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at <= 5% load
Guaranteed value
3)
SmartPan included
1)
2)
All models also available in verified version.
www.mt.com/xs-precision
61
XS Ex Precision Balance
Uncompromised Safety
in Hazardous Areas
XS Ex precision balances are designed for weighing in ATEX Zone 2 environments. Practical accessories ensure efficient and easy weighing processes:
operate the balance hands-free using ErgoSens, save space and encourage
a good working posture by placing the terminal on a stand (not illustrated).
Built for Hard Work
The soil-resistant casing has
easy to clean surfaces, while
the robust construction offers
­complete overload protection.
ErgoSens
Freely placeable and
individually configu­
rable, the ErgoSens
enables hands-free
operation of the
­balance.
Touchscreen Display
Safe and simple opera­tion
thanks to the c­ onvenient
touchscreen display with
graphical user interface.
XS Precision Balances
with draft
shield
Model
XS204SX
Maximum capacity
210 g
XS6002SX
XS4001SX
XS32001LX
XS64001LX
0.1 mg
610 g
XS603SX
XS5003SX DeltaRange
Readability Repeatability 2)
1000 g
5100 g
6100 g
4100 g
32100 g
64100 g
Guaranteed value
Power supply for Ex Zone 2 (PS X2) has to be ordered separately. Part number: 11132730
2)
62
0.2 mg
Linearity
Weighing pan
Part No
0.2 mg
∅ 90 mm
11121620
1 mg
0.9 mg
2 mg
127 x 127 mm
11121626
1/10 mg
1/6 mg
6 mg
127 x 127 mm
11121638
0.01 g
8 mg
20 mg
170 x 205 mm
11121650
0.1 g
80 mg
60 mg
190 x 223 mm
11121656
0.1 g
80 mg
300 mg
280 x 360 mm
11121704
0.1 g
100 mg
500 mg
280 x 360 mm
11121710
XS Ex Precision Balance
Precise Weighing for Industry Workplaces
X-platforms are ideal for precise ­weighing applications in industrial environments, including Ex Zone
2 environments.
S-Platform
Connect to an Industrial Terminal
All the application functionality of
an IND Terminal is available with
an X-Platform.
L-Platform
S-Platform
with draft
shield
Model
X404S
Maximum capacity
410 g
X603S
610 g
X1203S
X5003S DeltaRange
1000 g
1210 g
5100 g
6100 g
X6002S
10100 g
X10002S
6100 g
X6001S
10100 g
X10001S
Readability
Repeatability 2)
Linearity
USP Minimum
Weight 1)
Part No.
0.1 mg
0.1 mg
0.2 mg
120 mg
11130079
1 mg
0.9 mg
2 mg
1g
11130014
1 mg
0.8 mg
2 mg
0.8 g
11130062
1/10 mg
1 mg
6 mg
1.2 g
11130097
10 mg
8 mg
20 mg
8g
11130112
10 mg
8 mg
20 mg
8g
11130212
0.1 g
80 mg
60 mg
80 g
11130149
0.1 g
80 mg
0.1 g
80 g
11130229
Large Platforms
32100 g
X32001L
64100 g
X64001L
Ex Zone Mass Comparators
XS2004SX
XS26003LX
XS64002LX
XS155KSX
XS604KMX
XS1003KMX
XS2003KLX
XS6002KLX
1)
2)
Maximum capacity
2300 g
26100 g
64100 g
150 kg
600 kg
1100 kg
2500 kg
5400 kg
0.1 g
0.08 g
0.3 g
80 g
11130606
0.1 g
0.1 g
0.5 g
80 g
11130612
Readability
Repeatability 2)
Linearity
Weighing Pan
(mm)
0.1 mg
1 mg
1 mg
1 mg
6 mg
25 mg
5 mg
13 mg
0.05 g
0.15 g
0.1 g
0.3 g
10 g
1000x800
22026939
0.5 g
2g
20 g
1000x800
22026941
Part No.
30004707
50 mg
∅ 130
∅ 220
∅ 220
2g
800x600
22026938
30004710
30004720
1g
10 g
100 g
1500x1250
22026942
10 g
100 g
300 g
1500x1250
22026943
Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load
Guaranteed value
www.mt.com/xs-ex-balances
63
MS-L Precision Balances
Large MS Precision Balances
Tough Performers Built to Last
Accommodating loads up to 32 kg, MS large platform precision balances
are built to take on your toughest jobs. The MonoBloc® weighing cell,
Ingress Protection rating IP65 and extreme overload protection ensure you
get reliable results in even the most challenging industrial environments.
Robust Construction
The tough metal housing and
extreme overload protection of
more than 100 kg safeguard
your balance when working with
heavy sample containers. The
large weighing pan provides extra convenience.
Clever Design Details
For example, the groove in the
top of the weighing pan allows
cylindrical samples to be placed
directly on the balance without
the need for an extra container.
64
Chemically Resistant
The weighing pan and balance
housing are resistant to the
harshest of chemicals, including
acetone, and help ensure a long
balance lifetime.
IP65 Protection
To withstand the harshest of
weighing conditions, selected MS
large platform precision balances
meet IP65 requirements for full
protection against the ingress of
dust and jets of liquid.
The large weighing platform, battery
­operation and the application Piece
Counting make the MS balances perfect
for the taking of an inventory.
MS-L Precision Balances
MS-L
Precision
Balances*
User Safety and Qualified
Results (Accurate Results)
MonoBloc weighing cell and overload protection
MS-L Precision Balances
with IP65**
•
•
Strain gauge weighing technology
proFACT - fully automatic temperature-controlled
internal adjustment
•
HCD High contrast display (18mm high digits)
•
•
•
•
•
Easy cleaning thanks to smooth wipe-clean
surfaces
•
•
CalExt adjustment with an external weight
Full metal housing
Instant Comfort and Easy
Cleaning (Efficient Operation)
Battery operation
•
IP65 - for full protection against the ingress of
dust and jets of liquid
•
GMP/GLP Compliance
Support (Quality Assurance)
Menulock (settings protection)
Integration and Data Handling (Seamless Process)
2 interfaces - USB and RS232
MS32001L
•
•
•
RS232
Bluetooth option
•
•
•
PC Direct application for easy data transfer (no
software needed)
•
•
*High capacity **Heavy duty
Models with MonoBloc weighing cell
Model
MS12001L
MS16001L
Maximum capacity
12200 g
Readability Repeatability 2)
16200 g
Linearity
USP Minimum
Weight 1)
Weighing pan
(mm)
Part No.
0.1 g
0.1 mg
0.2 g
140 g
351 x 245
11124573
11124576
0.1 g
0.1 mg
0.2 g
140 g
351 x 245
MS32001L
32200 g
0.1 g
0.1 mg
0.3 g
140 g
351 x 245
11124588
MS32000L
32200 g
1g
1g
1g
1 kg
351 x 245
11124701
Models with strain gauge weighing cell and IP65
Weighing pan (mm)
Model
Maximum capacity
MS15KLE
15 kg
MS15KLIPE
15 kg
MS24KLIPE
MS30KLE
1)
2)
Readability
Repeatability 2)
Linearity
2g
1g
2g
24 kg
30 kg
Part No.
351 x 245
11124713
2g
1g
2g
351 x 245
11124734
2g
2g
2g
351 x 245
11124740
2g
2g
2g
351 x 245
11124722
Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load
Guaranteed value
Models with E: Adjustment with an external weight
Readability in approved version for MS-KLE and MS-KLIPE may vary. For more information, please consult www.mt.com.
www.mt.com/ms-precision
65
MS-TS Precision Balances
Small MS Precision Balances
Engineered for Reliable Performance
With a full metal housing, the robust construction of the MS small platform
precision balances makes them perfect for heavier tasks in the laboratory
or out on the factory floor. The unique MonoBloc® weighing cell delivers
the accuracy you need and is fully protected against accidental overload.
66
Proven Weighing Cell
Our renowned MonoBloc weighing cell, with proFACT automatic
internal adjustment, delivers
consistently reliable results.
Built-in overload protection ensures a long balance lifetime.
Automatic Adjustment
Fully automatic time and temperature controlled internal
adjustment compensates for
changes in ambient temperature
which may affect the accuracy
of your weighing results.
Fast Results
With three fixed feet and two
LevelLock stands, MS balances
are easy to level and sit solidly
on your workbench. With the
balance less susceptible to vibration, you get faster results.
Large Color Touchscreen
The 7” extra-large color TFT
touchscreen display is operable
through cotton, silicon and rubber gloves. An intuitive user interface and 18mm high digits bring
comfort to your daily tasks.
Leveling Function
The built-in LevelControl function
issues a warning when the balance is not level and provides
onscreen guidance to help you
level the balance correctly within
seconds.
Minimum Weight Function
During weighing-in, the weight
value remains red until the
net sample is above the preprogrammed minimum value. It’s
clear to see when process tolerances have been met.
MS-TS Precision Balances
MS3002TS
0.01 g without draft shield
User Safety and Qualified
Results (Accurate Results)
MonoBloc weighing cell and overload protection
FACT - fully automatic temperature-controlled
internal adjustment
MinWeigh warning function
Full metal housing
MS603TS
1 mg with draft shield
Instant Comfort and Easy
Cleaning (Efficient Operation)
7” Extra-large color TFT touchscreen (18mm high digits)
LevelControl function
Statistics - improved management of weighing data
Easy cleaning thanks to smooth wipe-clean surfaces
LevelLock – greater balance stability
GMP/GLP Compliance
Support (Quality Assurance)
ISO-Log-records important changes, e.g. adjustments,
leveling status
Sample ID – avoids confusion between samples and
provides traceability
Passcode protection - only authorized users can make
adjustments
Integration and Data Handling (Seamless Process)
3 interfaces - USB device, USB host and RS232
Bluetooth option
PC Direct application for easy data transfer (no software
needed)
Automation Options
LabX direct balance
Model table for MS-TS precision balances 1 mg
Model
MS303TS
MS403TS
Maximum capacity
Readability
Repeatability 2)
Linearity
0.001 g
0.001 g
0.002 g
320 g
0.001 g
0.001 g
0.002 g
1.4 g
127x127
30133526
0.001 g
0.002 g
1.4 g
127x127
30133527
0.001 g
0.001 g
0.002 g
1.4 g
127x127
30133528
Readability
Repeatability 2)
Linearity
USP Min. Weighing Pan
(mm)
Weight 1)
14 g
170x200
Part No.
620 g
MS1003TS
Part No.
30133525
0.001 g
420 g
MS603TS
USP Min. Weighing Pan
(mm)
Weight 1)
1.4 g
127x127
1020 g
Model table for MS-TS precision balances 0.01 g
Model
MS1602TS
Maximum capacity
1620 g
MS3002TS
3200 g
MS4002TS
4200 g
MS6002TS
MS4002TS DeltaRange
MS6002TS DeltaRange
MS12002TS
MS8001TS
1)
2)
1220 g
0.01 g
0.02 g
0.01 g
0.02 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.02 g
14 g
170x200
30133531
0.02 g
14 g
170x200
30133532
14 g
170x200
30133529
30133530
6200 g
0.01 g
0.1/0.01 g
0.1/0.01 g
0.08 g
14 g
170x200
30133533
6200 g
0.1/0.01 g
0.1/0.01 g
0.08 g
14 g
170x200
30133534
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.025 g
14 g
170x200
30133535
0.1 g
0.1 g
0.2 g
140 g
190x226
30133536
4200 g
820 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
12200 g
8200 g
Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at ≤ 5% load
Guaranteed value
0.01 g
www.mt.com/ms-precision
67
ML-T and ME-T Precision Balances
ML-T and ME-T Precision Balances
the Efficient All-rounders
Our ML-T and ME-T precision balances provide you with everything a basic
balance needs: easy-read display, intuitive user interface, built-in applications and are very easy to clean. ML-T balances offer you a compact design
and full portability to give you reliable and accurate results in the lab or
out in the field. The straightforward ME-T balances are designed for easy
and efficient operation.
ML-T
Compact and Clever
ME-T
Solid Performer
ML4002
ML4002
The robust, high performance MonoBloc weighing
cell gives you accurate results and ensures a long
balance lifetime. Battery operation enables you to
take your ML-T balance anywhere – ideal for work
in the field.
www.mt.com/mlt-precision
68
ME4002
All the basic functionality you need in an easy to
use balance to make your daily work fast and efficient. The solid construction means you can rely
on accurate results for many years to come.
www.mt.com/me-precision
ML-T and ME-T Precision Balances
The ML-T touchscreen simplifies daily tasks
With 8AA batteries, the ML-T goes anywhere
ML-T Precision Technical Specs
Model
ML203T
ML303T
Maximum capacity
220 g
320 g
ML503T
520 g
ML802T
820 g
ML1602T
1620 g
ML3002T
3200 g
ML4002T
4200 g
ML6002T
6200 g
ML3001T
3200 g
ML6001T
6200 g
Readability
Repeatability 2)
Linearity
USP Min.
Weight 1)
Weighing Pan
(mm)
1 mg
0.002 g
0.002 g
0.002 g
0.02 g
0.02 g
0.02 g
0.02 g
0.02 g
0.2 g
0.2 g
2.1 g
2.1 g
2.1 g
14 g
14 g
14 g
14 g
14 g
140 g
140 g
∅ 120
1 mg
1 mg
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.1 g
0.1 g
1 mg
1 mg
1 mg
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.1 g
0.1 g
∅ 120
170x190
170x190
170x190
170x190
170x190
170x190
170x190
Readability
Repeatability 2)
Linearity
USP Min.
Weight 1)
Weighing Pan
(mm)
1 mg
1 mg
1 mg
1 mg
1 mg
1 mg
1 mg
1 mg
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.1 g
0.1 g
1 mg
1 mg
1 mg
1 mg
1 mg
1 mg
1 mg
1 mg
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.1 g
0.1 g
0.002 g
0.002 g
0.002 g
0.002 g
0.002 g
0.002 g
0.002 g
0.002 g
0.2 g
0.2 g
0.2 g
0.2 g
0.2 g
0.2 g
0.2 g
0.2 g
0.1 g
0.1 g
2.1 g
2.1 g
2.1 g
2.1 g
2.1 g
2.1 g
2.1 g
2.1 g
14 g
14 g
14 g
14 g
14 g
14 g
14 g
14 g
140 g
140 g
∅ 120
∅ 120
Part No.
30209026
30209028
30209079
30209081
30209082
30209083
30209085
30209088
30209090
30209091
ME-T Precision Technical Specs
Model
Maximum capacity
ME103T
120 g
ME103TE
120 g
ME203T
220 g
ME203TE
220 g
ME303T
320 g
ME303TE
320 g
ME403T
420 g
ME403TE
420 g
ME1002T
1200 g
ME1002TE
1200 g
ME2002T
2200 g
ME2002TE
2200 g
ME3002T
3200 g
ME3002TE
3200 g
ME4002T
4200 g
ME4002TE
4200 g
ME4001T
4200 g
ME4001TE
4200 g
1)
2)
∅ 120
∅ 120
∅ 120
∅ 120
∅ 120
∅ 120
∅ 120
180x180
180x180
180x180
180x180
180x180
180x180
180x180
180x180
180x180
180x180
Part No.
30216545
30216546
30216547
30216549
30216550
30216552
30216554
30216557
30216558
30216559
30216560
30216561
30216562
30216563
30216564
30216566
30216567
30216568
Typical minimum sample weight according to USP <41>; measurement at <= 5% load
Guaranteed value
Models with E: Adjustment with an external weight
69
PL-E Portable Balances
PL-E Portable Balances
Weighing on the Go
PL-E portable balances offer all the basic functionality you need to obtain
accurate results wherever you might happen to be. The large backlit display
and 10 built-in applications make the PL-E your perfect choice if you need to
do more than simple weighing but are on a tight budget.
Tough and Lightweight
Design
Lightweight yet solidly built, with a
precise load cell guaranteeing accurate results. Vibration-resistant design
delivers high performance on temporary work surfaces and in the field.
Compact and Portable
Handily shaped, with a spacesaving footprint, the PL-E fits
on the smallest benches. Every
model can be mains or battery
operated, making the balance
ideal for work whenever power
supply is hard to find.
70
Backlit LCD Display
The attractive display features
large, illuminated digits for easy
reading in all light conditions.
The straightforward user interface
provides access to 10 built-in
applications offering additional
weighing flexibility.
Safe Transportation
The handy transport case is perfect for field experiments or when
you need to weigh on the go:
accommodates your balance, AC
adapter, batteries and weights.
PL-E Portable Balances
Conveniently Stackable
Protect your PL-E against dust and
dirt with a protective cover which
also enables you to stack up to 5
together.
RS-P25, RS-P26,
RS-P28 Printer
The fastest way to
generate and archive
weighing data results
Anti-theft device
Steel cord with universal lock for securing the balance
PL-E Technical Specs
Model
PL602E
PL1502E
PL6001E
2)
Maximum capacity
620 g
1520 g
6200 g
Readability
Repeatability 1)
Linearity
Dimensions
(WxDxH)
Part No.
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.1 g
0.01 g
0.01 g
0.1 g
0.02 g
0.02 g
0.2 g
194x225x67
194x225x67
194x225x67
30113826
30113823
30113829
Guaranteed value
www.mt.com/pl
71
LabX Software Solutions
LabX Application Solutions
Efficient & Secure Workflows
Connect your balance to LabX software and benefit from full onscreen
user guidance, your results printed in a personalized report, and all your
calculations and documentation performed automatically (XPE/XP and XSE/XS
balances, as well as Quantos, are fully supported).
Operators simply perform the weighing task and LabX takes care of all the rest. Our LabX S­ ervices
offer a comprehensive range of support, including installation of LabX and development of your
application.
Bring the Power of LabX to your Weighing Applications:
SOP Adherence
By implementing your SOP
workflows in LabX you can be
sure that all users follow the correct procedures.
Work at the Balance
Users start each task directly
from the balance terminal and
simply follow the step-by-step
instructions provided by LabX.
Seamless integration
Connect your balance to LabX for
seamless integration with your
existing information systems e.g.
ELNs and LIMS.
System
Integration
LabX
Central Instrument Control
All connected instruments can
be monitored and controlled
from the PC. Lab-wide data on
weighing tasks, routine tests and
instrument status is available at
your fingertips.
72
Data Integrity
LabX saves all process data
securely and performs all calculations, completely eliminating
transcription errors and assisting
in compliance with FDA 21 CFR
Part 11.
ERP
LIMS
ELN
Multiple Instruments
Connect up to 30 instruments
in any combination: XPE/XP/XS
balances, Quantos, titrators, UV/
Vis, pH meters, melting point
instruments, density meters and
refractometers.
LabX Software Solutions
Example Applications
Whether you customize an application from our library or create a new one from scratch, the examples below
show the type of benefits you can bring to any of your weighing applications. Our LabX specialists can develop
your methods for you as part of our Service offering.
Standard Preparation
Loss on Drying
Sieve Analysis
• One-step dosing
• Fully labeled samples
• Automatic calculations
• Simplified sample handling
• Intelligent task management
• Color Pass/Fail identification
• Auto sieve weighing
• No manual transcription
• Graphical reports
Typical Product Bundle
XPE205 Analytical Balance
LabX Software (Express Edition)
ErgoClip Flask
Label Printer
Ethernet Option
Typical Product Bundle
XPE204 Analytical Balance
LabX Software (Express Edition)
ErgoClip Round Bottom Flask
Label Printer
Barcode Reader
Ethernet Option
Typical Product Bundle
XPE10001L Precision Balance
LabX Software (Express Edition)
Ethernet Option
ErgoClip Sieve
LabX Software
LabX balance express 11153120
For standalone systems with up to
3 balances
LabX balance server
11153121
Each server edition connects up to
30 balances in a client/server network
Please see LabX on pages 18–21 for further details and licensing options.
LabX Services
Please order the brochure
for a full overview of LabX
Services
The carefully designed LabX Services range allows you to choose just the individual services
you need to ­support you and your LabX system.
• App Development
• Installation
• Training
• Validation
• Integration
• Support & Maintenance
Our Annual Checkup is highly recommended to keep your system up-to-date and functioning
correctly. For more details please see the LabX Services for Excellence Balances brochure.
www.mt.com/labx
73
Service Agreements and Calibration Certificates
Maximize
Uptime and Performance
METTLER TOLEDO provides a comprehensive portfolio of services to protect the value of your weighing equipment. Preventive maintenance limits
costs associated with e­ quipment downtime to a minimum, and helps
ensure your ­balance is always ready for weighing. Accurate and r­ eliable
weighing results can only be achieved by calibrating your balance. All
results are clearly represented in a calibration certificate.
Smooth Routine Operation
Guaranteed
Scheduled preventive maintenance and calibration performed
by factory trained and authorized service technicians ensure
smooth routine operation. You
get maximized productivity,
and achieve reliable weighing
­accuracy.
74
Measurement Uncertainty
for Trustworthy Results
As the quantitative indication of
the quality of the result, measurement uncertainty as expressed
in a calibration certificate is of
highest importance. Documented
uncertainty of calibration results
gives confidence in the validity of
weighing processes.
Minimum Weight to Stay on
the Safe Side of Weighing
With decreasing sample size,
measurement uncertainty of a
balance increases. To ensure
reliable weighing accuracy, it
is essential to know the smallest weight which can be safely
weighed. Its nominal value is
specified in a Minimum Weight
Certificate.
Your Benefits
Uptime
Performance
Full budget control through periodically scheduled maintenance
Increased life expectancy of assets
Avoid costly disruptions of processes
Improved process output and less waste
Increased operator safety
Traceable test weights used by technicians lead to traceable weighing results
Measurement uncertainty guarantees that process tolerances are met
Minimum weight determination ensures consistently accurate weighing results
Preventive Maintenance and Calibration
Proactively planned preventive maintenance is often one of the largest controllable
­operating costs – money well invested to eliminate premature equipment replacement.
Preventive maintenance, including calibration, leads to accurate, reliable and consistent
results. A most cost-effective way to avoid waste, rework, or even product recalls.
www.mt.com/service
75
Regulatory Compliance and Expertise
Profound Know-how
To Ensure Regulatory Compliance
Pharmaceutical, biotechnology, chemical, and food & beverage companies
must meet an increasing number of equipment qualification requirements.
METTLER TOLEDO has designed IPacs and EQPacs to satisfy the qualification demands of regulatory authorities such as the FDA for all weighing
instruments in use in R&D and quality control.
Your Benefits
Compliance
Expertise
Assists in the elimination of equipment non-compliance during regulatory audits
Improved operational efficiency through quick installation and start up
Documented instrument qualification from installation to daily operation
Reduced operator error through professional user training
Traceable installation and qualification facilitates integration into your quality
system and supports validation processes
IQ – Installation Qualification
A professionally documented
installation by a factory trained
and authorized service technician
makes your weighing equipment
available immediately.
76
OQ – Operational Qualification
Get accurate results from the first
weighing by ensuring that equipment will function according to its
operational specifications in the
selected environment.
PQ – Performance Qualification
Ready-to-use procedures and
templates make sure that your
instrument consistently performs
according to specifications appropriate for its routine operation.
Regulatory Compliance and Espertise
Rely on our effective solutions for Regulatory Compliance
Regulatory compliance has become a prevalent business concern since corporations are
­facing ever-tighter regulation of processes and management of weighing equipment.
Through its Installation Pacs, METTLER TOLEDO offers practical and effective ways to integrate governance policies, allowing you to manage compliance on a local or global scale.
Our compliance experts have the technology, infrastructure and regulatory knowledge to
guide you throughout the equipment life cycle, from initial risk assessment to installation,
calibration, setting performance criteria and defining requalification activities.
StarterPac
Balance
IPac
Balance
DQ (Design Qualification)
Support of design and vendor qualification
EQPac
Balance
IPac
Moisture
•
•
IQ (Installation Qualification)
Perform and document equipment installation •
•
•
Conforms with FDA standards
•
•
OQ (Operational Qualification)
Initial calibration according to manufacturer specifications
Equipment familiarization of users
•
•
Calibration documented in certificate
•
•
•
•
•
•
EQPac
Moisture
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
PQ (Performance Qualification)
Support user in setting up SOP
•
Log authorized users
•
Consultation regarding re-qualification
Consultation regarding periodic maintenance
Consultation regarding purchase of weights
• Included
•
•
•
•
•
•
••
•
•
••
Installation Pacs are available in English, German, French, Spanish and Italian
77
Applications and
Accessories
Make your life easier
78
d
Page
Applications
Accessories
Density Determination
AntiStatic Kits
Filter Weighing Solutions
Pipette Calibration Systems
Printers
Quantos Dosing Heads
Weighing Tables
RFID Solutions
Balances
Cables
OIML Weights
CarePacs®
80
81
82 – 83
84 – 85
86 – 87
88 – 89
90
91
92 – 98
99
100 – 106
107
79
Application: Density Determination
Density Determination
Truly Efficient
Optional Density Kits allow precise
density determination of solid,
liquid, porous and pasty
substances.
XS1203S
MS105
Automatic Calculations
The built-in density determination application guides you step-by-step
through the procedure. It collects the density values, calculates the
results and allows statistical evaluation of the measurement series.
www.mt.com/density-determination
Accessories for density determination with balances
Balance
XPE/XS Precision
XPE/XS Analytical
MS
MS-S
ML
ME
Sinker
Calibrated thermometer
80
Description
Density Kit for 1 mg and 0.1 mg Precision Balance models
Density Kit for XPE/ XS Analytical Balances
Density Kit MS universal
Density Kit MS-S universal
Density Kit ML universal
Density Kit ME-DNY-4 (0.1 mg models)
For density determination of liquids in conjunction with Density Kit
11106706, 11132680, 30004077, 11142143 or 11142144
Calibrated (sinker + certificate)
Recalibrated (new certificate)
Calibrated thermometer with certificate
Part No.
11132680
11106706
30004077
11142143
11142144
30029886
00210260
00210672
00210674
11132685
Application: AntiStatic Kits
AntiStatic Kits
Discharge Your Samples in Seconds
Static-free Weighing
The perfect companion to StaticDetect™, an AntiStatic Kit
ensures a complete weighing solution with detection and elimination of electrostatic charges in one simple solution. Electrostatic charges can no longer influence your weighing result.
XPE205
with integrated AntiStatic Kit
AntiStatic Kits
Compact AntiStatic Kit
Universal AntiStatic Kit
Description
Built-in Compact Antistatic Kit for XP, XPE and XS analytical balances*
Universal AntiStatic Kit including U-Electrode large and Universal Power Supply
Part No.
30090337
11107767
Single AntiStatic Components**
Compact AntiStatic Kit
U-Electrode large
Description
Built-in Compact Antistatic Kit for XP, XPE and XS analytical balances*
Optional U-Electrode large
Optional U-Electrode small
Built-in Ionizing Kit for powder dosing
Power Supply with auto on/off activation (XP only) (not compatible with 30090337)
Universal Power Supply (not compatible with 30090337)
U-Electrode small
Part No.
30090337
11107764
11140161
11141829
11107763
11107766
* Uses balance power supply. For 2 kits, order one additional balance power supply (11107909, plus country-specific cable)
** For individual setup of antistatic solution
www.mt.com/lab-antistatic
81
Application: Filter Weighing Solutions
State-of-the-Art Solutions
Filter Weighing
METTLER TOLEDO has developed a comprehensive range of accessories for
demanding applications. From AntiStatic and Filter Weighing Kits to intelligent Filter Robots – the XPE line offers innovative solutions guaranteeing
accuracy down to 0.1 μg and compliance with all US and EU norms.
Easy to Assemble
Environmental Monitoring
The Filter Kit fits onto all METTLER
TOLEDO XPE analytical balances
and is ideal for efficient routine
work with filters up to 110 mm
in diameter.
Model
Filter sizes
Filter Kit for
XPE Analytical Balances
< ∅ 110 mm
ErgoClip Filter Holder
< ∅ 110–150 mm
Balance
system
Resolution
Typical
repeatability
XPE205 (DR)
XPE205 (DR)
0.03 mg
0.03 mg
0.01 mg
0.01 mg
Part No.
11140000
11140185
Within seconds you can upgrade
your XPE analytical balance
into the perfect filter weighing
­solution.
High Precision
Filter Weighing
Emissions Determination
With its cutting-edge performance,
the XP Ultra Microbalance equipped
with a Filter Kit determines particulate matter on filters weighing as
little as 0.1 µg.
Model
Filter ∅
Filter Kit for XP Microbalances
30 –70 mm
82
Balance
system
Resolution
XP2U/XP6
0.1 µg/1 µg
Typical
repeatability
0.2 µg/0.6 µg
Part No.
11122136
The weighing pan’s innovative
design enables easy placement
of the filter in the ideal position.
Choose between two sizes of
pans: ∅ 47 mm and ∅ 70 mm.
Application: Filter Weighing Solutions
Robotic Filter Weighing
F-Line Filter Robots guarantee cutting-edge weighing
performance of 47 and 70 mm filters with readability
down to 0.1 μg. The Filter Robots make emission and
immission laboratories reach norms with minimal
­effort and maximum accuracy and throughput.
F-A747 and F-A770
Outstanding Accuracy
The specially designed detached
weighing frame eliminates robot
vibrations on the balance. This
allows outstanding measurement performance with a resolution of up to 61 million points.
Smart Filter Handling
The innovative filter holder
­allows acclimatization, storage, transport and weighing all
in one, without interruption or
­removal of the filter.
Safe Data Management
The FilterControl software facilitates filter coding with its barcode scanner and enables data
integration with your existing
software system.
Model
Positions
Filter ∅
High Throughput
The automated process speeds
up the weighing time to 90
filters in just 90 minutes while
keeping the acclimatization time
constant.
Please order the Filter Weighing brochures.
www.mt.com/filter
Balance system
Resolution
Typical repeatability
Part No.
F-A747
90
47 mm
XP2U
0.1 μg
0.15 μg
11116990
F-A770
80
47, 70 mm
XP2U
0.1 μg
0.15 μg
30014370
83
Application: Pipette Calibration Systems
Pipette Calibration Systems
Reliable and Fast
METTLER TOLEDO is the partner of choice for successful ­pipette
calibration in accordance with ISO8655. Ensure high productivity
with our comprehensive range of efficient, compact and ergonomic solutions for single and multichannel pipette calibration.
Model
XPE26PC
MCP1-S
MCP2
MCP5
Minimal
Nominal Volume
≥ 1 µl
> 10 µl
> 10 µl
> 10 µl
Number
of Channels
1
1 to 12
1 to 12
1 to 12
XPE26PC
High-Speed Micropipette
­Calibration
The built-in evaporation trap
reduces environmental errors to
a minimum. Simply passing the
pipette through a light beam triggers
hands-free lid opening, making
pipette calibration 3 times faster
than with conventional balances.
84
Readability
0.001 mg
0.01 mg
0.01 mg
0.01 mg
Evaporation
Trap
Built-in
Built-in
Built-in
Built-in
Part No.
30105901
11138007
2x 11138001
5x 11138001
MCP1-S
Productivity at its Best
MCP1-S is the ideal solution for
simple and cost effective pipette
calibration. It checks all channels
of a multichannel pipette in a single
step, saving time, costs and reducing errors.
Application: Pipette Calibration Systems
Calibry Pipette Calibration Software
Intuitive and powerful – for efficient data management
Calibry software guarantees full compliance with ISO 8655 and trace­
ability according to FDA 21 CFR Part 11. It guides the user step by step
through the calibration process and is capable of reading and writing
information to RFID enabled Rainin pipettes.
Calibry Versions
Part No.
Calibry Light
Calibry Single Workstation
Calibry Network
Calibry Demo Version
11138423
11138419
11138420
30007307
Boost performance – choose the right accessories.
Exhaust pump
Evaporation traps
Weighing table
Transportation case
Invest over Time
System modularity allows users to address today’s workload
with the right instruments while
offering the possibility to extend
system capacity as their calibration business grows.
Name
Four channel pump
Single channel kit (6/20 ml)
Single channel kit (100 ml)
XPE26PC
MCP2
MCP5
XPE26PC
Suitable Accessories
Transport cases are perfect for
on-site calibration. Vibration free
weighing tables ensure a stable
and fast weighing process in
your lab.
Part No.
11138252
11138006
11138008
11138041
11138040
11138043
11106997
ISO 8655 Compliant
Each component meets the
ISO 8655 regulation, e­ nsuring
­highest data accuracy and
­compliance.
www.mt.com/pipcal
85
Accessories: Printers
Laboratory Printers
for Quality Documentation
Thermal Printers
the P-50 Line
The P50 printers are universal printers suitable for
documenting results and for printing labels and are
fully compatible with b­ alances, titrators, moisture
analyzers, pH meters and more…
These inkless thermal direct printers generate extremely
fast and high quality printouts without any noise or
vibration. You can fully document all your weighing
and testing data (e.g. barcodes, expiry date, ID etc.)
on standard strip paper, easy-peel self-adhesive labels
or continuous self-adhesive paper.
The P-56 is suitable for simple printouts and for all
instruments with embedded applications. The P-58
offers several integrated applications such as time
and date, statistics, totaling, formulation and labeling.
General Information
Printing technology
Print speed
Paper roll slot
Interface
Size in mm
Compatibility
Print application
Auto setting detection
Built-in real-time clock
Alphanumeric sample ID entry
Barcode generation
Applications: Statistics, Totaling
Formulation
Labeling with IDs and barcodes
Connector for optional PowerPac
Part No.
Thermal direct
101 mm/s
Standard paper 58mm (W), max ∅ 60mm
RS232, USB, Ethernet, optional BT
130x88x220
Please check the manual or online at www.mt.com/lab-printers
P-56RUE
•
•
•
•
30094673
Accessories for P-50 printers
Thermal paper roll, up to 25 years durability. 10pcs
Peel-off self-adhesive labels, up to 10 years durability.
Dimensions: 58mm, ∅ 50mm. 10 pcs
Peel-off self-adhesive labels, up to 10 years durability.
Label dimensions: 54mm x 18mm. 6pcs
Bluetooth adapter, pair
P-58RUE
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
30094674
Part No.
30094723
30094724
30094725
30086495
DirectLabel PC software for customizing labels → Download from www.mt.com/lab-printers
86
Accessories: Printers
The P-40 and
P-20 Lines
Avoid transcription errors!
The P-40 and P-20 lines of printers use dot-matrix
technology to produce results printouts that help
you meet GMP/GLP/ISO documentation regulations.
The printers are suitable for use with all instruments
with an RS232 port: selected titrators, Karl Fischer
titrators, density- and refractometers, and thermal
analysis instruments.
Whether on normal or self-adhesive paper, the
archived printouts provide full traceability of your
weighing and testing data.
Print application
Auto settings detection
Print in Chinese, Japanese
Built-in real-time clock
Zero/Tare key
Statistic application
Totalization application
Metal housing
Resistant to chemicals
Size WxDxH (mm)
Printing Speed
Part No.
RS-P25
USB-P25
RS-P26
RS-P28
RS-P42
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
11124300
120x203x73
2.3 lines/second
11124301
11124303
Accessories for P-40 and P-20 printers
Paper roll, set of 5
Paper roll, self-adhesive
Ribbon cartridge black, set of 2
Accessories for all printers
RS9-RS9 cable (standard with LC-P45, RS-P42)
RS9 F/F cable
USB cable 1m
USB cable 1.8 m
BTS option single point – Bluetooth interface, needed with BT-P42
BT option multi point – Bluetooth interface, needed with BT-P42
Anti-theft steel cord with lock
11124304
•
•
•
157x210x85
1 line/second
00229265
Part No.
00072456
11600388
00065975
Part No.
11101051
51190362
12130716
51191926
11132535
11132530
11600361
For more information about these and other cables turn to «Cables».
87
Accessories: Quantos Dosing Heads
Quantos Dosing Heads
Dosing and Storage in One
The dosing head has been developed to dose
free flowing ­powdery substances such as
APIs or reference standards where purity and
quality of substance is essential and of highest importance. The use of a closed system
avoids cross-contamination and protects the
user, the substance and the environment.
Simple dosing head portfolio: you’ve got the
application – we’ve got the head.
Robust – Precise – Accurate
Traceable Data
Enhanced Safety
A highly precise mechanism
guarantees homogeneous flow
of the powder. The dosing head
learns the powder behavior and
optimizes the dosing accuracy
and speed. No configuration
needed and yet any target can
be hit.
All information (substance ID,
powder quantity, substance
expiry date etc.) is saved on the
integrated RFID chip and can be
printed or called up at the touch
of a button.
Hazardous or active substances
remain sealed in the dosing
head reducing exposure to potentially dangerous substances.
A single dosing head for each
powder eliminates cross contamination risk. The transport
container prevents moisture from
being absorbed and completely
protects the substance.
www.mt.com/quantos
88
Accessories: Quantos Dosing Heads
Order Information
Description
Remarks
Article Number
Dosing Heads
QH008-BNMW bulk (set of 10)
QH008-BNMP bulk (set of 10)
QH012-LNMW bulk (set of 10)
QH012-LNL bulk (set of 10)
QH012-LNLT bulk (set of 10)
QH012-LNCT bulk (set of 10)
QH012-LNMP bulk (set of 10)
QH012-LNMX bulk (set of 10)
QH002-CNMW set of 30
QH002-CNMW set of 90
QH002-CNMW set of 500
Powder test head
Transport box and glass vials 16ml (10pcs)
Transport box and glass vials 125ml
(10pcs)
8 ml substance volume
8 ml substance volume
12 ml substance volume
12 ml substance volume, optimized for several grams target weight
12 ml substance volume for compacting powders
12 ml substance volume for difficult to dose powders
12 ml substance volume for small target containers
12 ml substance volume for high density, fast flowing powder
Max. 2 ml substance volume, for few dispenses and low starting quantities
Max. 2 ml substance volume, for few dispenses and low starting quantities
Max. 2 ml substance volume, for few dispenses and low starting quantities
For routine testing of the instrument
For QH008 powder dosing heads
For QH012 powder dosing heads
11141533
11150120
11141532
11150145
11150170
11150171
11150118
30112276
30083440
30098264
30244518
11141506
30139824
30036965
Sterilization
All QH012 and QH008 dosing heads are available sterilized on request.
Label Printer
Citizen Label Printer Kit
Set with labels and ribbon
Matrix barcode can be printed
2 label rolls, 1 ribbon roll
11141820
30004309
for print-outs on (adhesive) paper with RS232 connecting cable
1 cartridge
5 rolls
3 rolls
11141834
12120798
12120799
11600388
bidirectional data transfer, sequence programming
30008323
with 5 different adapters
30260822
Protocol Printer
Protocol Printer Kit
Ribbon Cartridge black, for RS-P25
Standard Paper, for RS-P25
Self Adhesive Paper, for RS-P25
LabX direct
LabX direct QuantosConnect
Vial Adapter
ErgoClip Vial
∅ 10.3 – 21 mm (1 pc. each)
for use with ErgoClip/Sampler (5 pcs.)
Vial adapter* ∅ 10.3 mm
for use with ErgoClip/Sampler (5 pcs.)
Vial adapter* ∅ 12.0 mm
for use with ErgoClip/Sampler (5 pcs.)
Vial adapter* ∅ 15.0 mm
for use with ErgoClip/Sampler (5 pcs.)
Vial adapter* ∅ 16.2 mm
for use with ErgoClip/Sampler (5 pcs.)
Vial adapter* ∅ 21.0 mm
Capsule adapter stainless steel for size 0 capsules for use with ErgoClip/Sampler (5 pcs.)
Capsule adapter stainless steel for size 00 capsules for use with ErgoClip/Sampler (5 pcs.)
Capsule adapter stainless steel for size 000 capsules for use with ErgoClip/Sampler (5 pcs.)
Capsule adapter stainless steel for size 1 capsules for use with ErgoClip/Sampler (5pcs.)
Capsule adapter stainless steel for size 2 capsules for use with ErgoClip/Sampler (5 pcs.)
Capsule adapter stainless steel for size 3 capsules for use with ErgoClip/Sampler (5pcs.)
Capsule adapter stainless steel for size 4 capsules for use with ErgoClip/Sampler (5pcs.)
Customized adapters are available on request
11141571
11141575
11141572
11141573
11141574
30006418
30006417
30006416
30006419
30006430
30006431
30006432
*ELS (electrically conducting)
ErgoDisc
ErgoDisc
ErgoDisc
ErgoDisc
ErgoDisc
ErgoDisc
ErgoDisc support plate
ErgoDisc side door
for 12 capsules, size 0
for 12 capsules, size 00
for 12 capsules, size 000
for 12 capsules, size 1
for 12 capsules, size 3
required to use the ErgoDisc
access door
11141751
11141754
11141753
11141755
11141752
11141750
11141760
89
Accessories: Weighing Tables
Professional Weighing Tables
Ergonomic and Efficient
A range of METTLER TOLEDO Weighing Tables are
available to provide an ergonomic working area
for every type of balance and pipette calibration
equipment. Adjustable height and supporting elbow
cushions relieve the stress caused by repetitive
movements, improving operating convenience and
work efficiency. The balance sits on a separate
inner table to give faster stabilization times and
more r­ eliable results.
A weighing table for every task
Working Ergonomically
The height of the outer table can
be adjusted to suit the user allowing the neck and back muscles to
relax. The elbow cushions protect
the user’s arms during repetitive
activities.
Low-vibration Table
Each Weighing Table consists of
two decoupled tables. The outer
working table absorbs impacts,
while the balance on the inner
table remains undisturbed. These
versatile weighing tables are
adaptable to every type of balance.
Technical data
Type
Article No
Weighing Table XPE26PC
11138041
Weighing Table Analytical/Micro
11138042
Weighing Table Micro/Ultra Micro 11138044
Weighing Table MCP2
11138040
Weighing Table MCP5
11138043
90
Width
(mm)
760
760
760
760
1380
Depth
(mm)
803
803
803
803
1380
Height
(mm)
784
784
784
784
760
Accessories: RFID Solutions
RFID Solutions
for Secure Data Transfer
Our RFID accessories ensure error-free bi-directional data transfer between
your balance and sample containers, pipettes and automation systems. Electronic transfer of sample IDs and weight values etc. saves time and eliminates transcription errors.
Error-free Data Transfer
An RFID Smart Tag label can
be added to titration beakers,
pipettes and almost any sample
container to ensure error-free
data transfer to other systems.
HPD and Quantos dosing heads
have a built-in chip.
Easy Sample Tracking
The EasyScan-Flex RFID reader/
writer can be used to track
the sample data stored on
Smart Tag RFID labels. Weigh
your sample and the built-in
SampleTrack application uses
EasyScan-Flex to transfer all the
relevant information directly to
the Smart Tag.
EasyScan module
Simplified Titration
Save time entering information
at the balance and titrator with
SmartSample. After performing
all the sample preparation at the
balance, simply enter the number of samples to be analyzed
and start your titrations for efficient operation.
Fast Pipette Checks
All test data is stored safely on
the built-in RFID chip on RAININ
pipettes, or a Smart Tag can be
used for other pipette brands.
The balance application guides
you through the testing process.
Use an evaporation trap for the
most accurate results.
SmartSample kit for
analytical balances
EasyScan Flex RFID
reader/writer
Item
System Compatibility
Article No.
EasyScan
RFID module for integration directly on the
balance. Ideal for pipette performance checking on all XPE analytical and micro-analytical
balances.
All XPE analytical balances, and Titrator systems with InMotion AutoSamplers (page 158)
External RFID reader/writer for use with all XPE
balances, Quantos dosing heads, Smart Tag
RFID labels and RFID tagged pipettes
For use with all sample containers and
pipettes, pack 200
30078900
SmartSample for Titration
EasyScan-Flex
Smart Tag RFID labels
30078901
30215407
30101518
91
Accessories: Balances
XPE26/XPE56
Microbalances
XPE
Analytical Balances
XS
Analytical Balances
XPE Precision Balances S/L-Platform
XS Precision Balances S/L-Platform
Description
XP/XS Ultra Micro- and
Microbalances
Accessories
XPE, XS Balances
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
11124300
•
•
•
•
•
•
Part No.
Printers
P-58RUE
RS-P26
P-58RUE thermal label printer with RS232, USB and Ethernet interfaces
and functions: Print, Statistics, Formulation, Totaling, Label Printing
30094674
P-56RUE thermal label printer with RS232, USB and Ethernet interfaces
and functions: Print, Label Printing***
30094673
RS-P28 compact printer with RS232C interface and functions:
Print, Zero, Date/Time, Feed, Statistics & Totaling
11124304
RS-P26 compact printer with RS232C interface and functions:
Print, Zero, Date/Time, Feed
11124303
RS-P25 compact printer with RS232C interface and functions: Print
USB-P25 compact printer with USB interface and functions: Print
RS-P42 printer with RS232 interface and functions: Print
11124301
•
•
•
•
•
•
000229265
•
•
•
•
•
•
30090337
11107767
11107764
11140161
11107763
–
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
–
•
•
•
–
•
•
•
–
•
•
•
•**
•
•
–
–
–
11107766
•
•
•
•
•
•
30215407
30078900
30078901
30101517
30101518
–
–
–
•
•
–
•
•
•
–
–
–
•
–
–
–
–
–
30078848
11107879
11107889
11107869
11140175
11140253
–
–
–
–
–
•
•
•
•
•
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
•
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
•
•
–
–
•**
•
–
–
•
–
–
–
–
•
–
–
•
•
•
–
–
–
•
•
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
AntiStatic Solutions
Compact Antistatic Kit, removes electrostatic charge from container & sample
Universal AntiStatic Kit, incl. U-Electrode large and Universal Power Supply
U-Electrode large (can be used with 11107763 or 11107766)
U-Electrode small (can be used with 11107763 or 11107766)
XP Power Supply, automated switch on/off, synchronized with balance
door opening
Universal Power Supply
RFID Accessories
EasyScan™ Flex
EasyScan™ Module
SmartSample for Titration
Smart Tag RFID Labels, 50pcs
Smart Tag RFID Labels, 100pcs
ErgoClips
ErgoClip Tube micro
ErgoClip Flask micro
ErgoClip Basket micro
MinWeigh Door micro
Stand for ErgoClips micro
ErgoClips Solution Kit micro (ErgoClip Basket micro, ErgoClip Flask micro,
ErgoClip Tube without holder, MinWeigh Door micro, stand, various tare
containers, micro spatula, tweezers)
ErgoClip Weighing Boat
ErgoClip Titration Basket
ErgoClip Basket small
ErgoClip Round-Bottom Flask
ErgoClip Flask
ErgoClip Flask small
ErgoClip Tube
ErgoClip Syringe
MinWeigh Door
Stand for ErgoClips
Set of ErgoClips for different weighing containers (ErgoClip Round-Bottom
Flask, ErgoClip Weighing Boat and ErgoClip Basket small; 20 weighing boats;
10 single-use aluminum pans)
11106748
11106883
11106747
11106746
11106764
11140180
11106784
30008288
11106749
11140170
11106707
Filter Weighing Solutions
Filter Kit for XP Micro- and Ultra Microbalances, filter ∅ max. 70 mm
Filter Kit for XP/XS Micro- and Ultra Microbalances, filter ∅ max. 110 mm
Filter Kit for XPE Analytical Balances, filter ∅ max. 110 mm
ErgoClip Filter Holder for Analytical Balances, filter ∅ max. 150 mm
Filter Tweezers
* = XS only, ** = XP only, *** = possible only from host device, e.g. PC
92
11122136
00211227
11140000
11140185
11122131
Accessories: Balances
XPE26/XPE56
Microbalances
XPE
Analytical Balances
XS
Analytical Balances
XPE Precision Balances S/L-Platform
XS Precision Balances S/L-Platform
Description
XP/XS Ultra Micro- and
Microbalances
Accessories
XPE, XS Balances
30005906
11141300
30008317
30008318
30008618
–
–
–
–
–
•
–
•
•
–
•
•
•
•
•
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
11141832
11132515
11141040
–
•
•
–
–
–
11140041
11140043
11138440
11138010
11138009
11600616
11138268
11132685
11600086
11106997
11140044
30064832
30066234
30091827
30066238
11138252
11138253
–
–
–
•
–
–
–
•
•
–
•
•
–
–
–
–
–
–
11138423
11138419
11138420
30007342
30007340
30007341
11780959
30007309
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
11153120
11153121
11153220
11153221
30062403
30062404
11153117
30262374
11153102
11153103
11153104
11153105
11153106
11153107
30003640
30003619
30003641
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
–
–
–
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Part No.
Quantos Upgrades for Analytical Balances
Powder Module Q2
Auto sampler QS30
Liquid Pump Module QL2
Liquid Dosing Head and 1000ml Bottle QLL1000
Liquid Upgrade Kit for XPE QLX45
The following additional items are needed for operation:
– NetCom-Kit (Ethernet to 4x RS232 Serial)
– Ethernet Option
– EQPac Quantos
Pipette Calibration
Evaporation Trap for XPE56 / XPE26 Microbalances (10 ml)
Evaporation Trap for Analytical Balances (6/20 ml)
Large Evaporation Trap for Analytical Balances (100 ml)
Evaporation Trap for WXT Balances (6/20 ml)
Large Evaporation Trap for WXT Balances (100 ml)
Reagent Reservoirs RV-L25, set of 5x5 reservoirs
Exhaust Pump, 1 channel
Calibrated Thermometer (with certificate)
Barometer
Transport Case for XPE26PC
Calibration Kit XPE26PC
Evaporation Trap (100 ml) for MCP105-E
Evaporation Trap (6/20 ml) for MCP105-E
USB Hub
Transport Case for MCP105-E
Exhaust Pump, 4-channel
Glass tubes (set of 5)
Calibry PC-Software
Calibry Light, full version
Calibry Single Workstation, full version
Calibry Network, full version
Calibry Light, update
Calibry Single Workstation, update
Calibry Network, update
Calibry Validation Handbook
RFID Power User Licence: Write information via Calibry on the RFID tag
LabX Laboratory Software
LabX Balance Express Starter Pack
LabX Balance Server Starter Pack
LabX License for 1 Balance
LabX License for 5 Balances
LabX Quantos Express Starter Pack
LabX Quantos Server Starter Pack
LabX Express to Server Sidegrade
LabX Option Statistical Evaluation
LabX Option User Management
LabX Option Product Database
LabX Option Regulation
LabX Option Auto Import/Export
LabX Option Report Designer
LabX Option System Integration
LabX Validation Manual 1
LabX Validation Manual 2 Starter Pack Balance
LabX Validation Manual 2 Chapter Balance
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
93
Accessories: Balances
XPE26/XPE56
Microbalances
XPE
Analytical Balances
XS
Analytical Balances
XPE Precision Balances S/L-Platform
XS Precision Balances S/L-Platform
Description
XP/XS Ultra Micro- and
Microbalances
Accessories
XPE, XS Balances
11120340
3008323
11120343
•
–
•
•
–
•
•
•
•
•
–
•
•
–
•
•
–
•
11106706
11132680
11132685
00210260
00210672
–
–
–
–
•
–
•
–
–
• (S)
–
• (S)
30136289
11131652
–
–
–
–
• (S)
• (S)
–
–
–
–
• (S)
• (S)
30136284
11131653
–
–
–
–
• (S)
• (S)
–
–
–
–
• (S)
• (S)
30138798
30113496
–
–
–
–
•
–
•
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
• (S)
• (S)
11134470
•
•
•
•
•
•
00224200
11132630
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
–
–
–
–
• (S)
• (S)
–
–
–
–
• (L)
• (L)
11106730
30138798
–
–
•
–
•
•
•
–
–
•
–
–
30110908
11600517
–
•
•
•
•
•
–
•
•
–
–
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
00229060
•
•
•
•
•
•*
30035828
30035839
30038799
–
–
•
•
–
–
•
–
–
•
–
–
–
• (S)
–
–
• (S)
–
Part No.
LabX direct
LabX direct balance for simple data transfer
LabX direct quantos connect for receiving and storing results
LabX direct balance demo version (30 days)
Density Determination
Density Kit for Analytical Balances
Density Kit for Precision Balances, 0.1 mg and 1 mg models
Calibrated Thermometer (with certificate)
Sinker 10 ml for density determination of liquids
Sinker 10 ml for density determination of liquids (with certificate)
Draft Shields
Pro Draft Shield, for 0.1 mg and 1 mg models, H: 248 mm
Pro Draft Shield glass free (food industry) for 0.1 mg and 1 mg models,
H: 248 mm
MagicCube Draft Shield, 1 mg models, H: 175 mm
Simple Draft Shield, for 0.1 g models
(weighing pan 11132660 needed), H: 175 mm
Simple Draft Shield for 5 mg and 10 mg models, H: 175mm
W5 Draft Shield, for entire Microbalances,
WxDxH (inside): 200x447x200 mm
W12 Draft Shield, for entire Precision Balances,
WxDxH (inside): 300x450x450 mm
W64 Draft Shield, for entire balances, WxDxH (inside): 550x470x580 mm
11134430
Auxiliary Displays (backlit LCD)
RS/LC-BLD display for table mounting.
RS/LC-BLDS display on stand, for table or balance mounting.
Stands and Wall Mountings
Terminal stand for placement of the terminal 30 cm above weighing pan,
balances with S-Platform (XS balances require adapter, 30113494)
Terminal stand for placement of the terminal 30 cm above weighing pan,
balances with L-Platform (XS balances require adapter, 30113494)
Terminal and printer stand for Microbalances and Analytical Balances
Terminal wall mounting for XPE, incl. terminal extension cable 1.8 m
30125077
30125333
Terminal Cable
Terminal extension cable for XPE terminals, 4.5 m
Terminal extension cable, 4.5 m
Optical Sensor
ErgoSens, optical infrared sensor for hands-free operation.
Connection via Aux 1, Aux 2.
11132601
Foot Switches
Foot Switch with selectable balance functions. Connection via Aux 1, Aux
2
LC Foot Switch selectable balance functions. Connection via LocalCAN.
11106741
Dust Cover
Dust Cover Analytical Balances
Dust Cover Precision Balances
Dust Cover Micro Balances
94
Accessories: Balances
XPE
Analytical Balances
XS
Analytical Balances
XPE Precision Balances S/L-Platform
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•*
•*
•
•
•
•*
•
•*
30064493
30064490
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
11106711
11106709
11106262
30215056
11132655
30038741
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
•
–
–
–
•
•
–
–
–
•
•
•
–
–
–
•
–
–
–
• (S)
• (S)
–
–
–
–
• (S)
• (S)
–
11132500
11132515
11132520
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
11132505
11132510
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
11103691
30237796
30237797
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Part No.
XS/ Precision Balances S/L-Platform
XPE26/XPE56
Microbalances
Description
XP/XS Ultra Micro- and
Microbalances
Accessories
XPE, XS Balances
Barcode Readers
RS232 Barcode Reader – cordless
The following items are needed for operation (not incl. in 21901299):
– Cradle
– Power supply kit 12V EU
– Power supply kit 12V UK
– Power supply kit 12V US
– Power supply kit 12V AUS
21901299
21901300
21901373
21901374
21901375
21901373
+71209966
– Same RS232 F cable and Null modem adaptor as for RS232 barcode reader 21901305
RS232 Barcode Reader
21901297
The following items are needed for operation (not incl. in 21901297):
– RS232 F cable
21901305
– Null modem adaptor
21900924
plus 1 of the following:
– Power supply kit 5V EU
21901370
– Power supply kit 5V UK
21901371
– Power supply kit 5V US
21901372
– Power supply kit 5V AUS
21901370
+71209966
PS/2 Barcode Reader
21901297
For operation, the following is required (not included in 21901297):
– PS/2 wedge single cable
21901307
PS/2Y Barcode Reader
21901297
For operation, the following is required (not incl. in 21901297):
– PS/2 wedge twin (Y) cable
21901308
Spatula
Spatula Set Analytical
Spatula Set Micro
Weighing Pans
Single-use aluminum weighing pans (10 units)
SmartGrid Cover
SmartGrid Cover micro
Weighing Pan for 5mg, 10 mg S-Platform models, 172x205 mm
Weighing Pan, incl. pan support, for 0.1g S-Platform models, 190x223 mm
Grey drip tray for Analytical Balances
Optional Interfaces
RS232 option: interface for connection of a printer, computer or titrator
Ethernet option: Ethernet interface for connection to Ethernet network
PS/2 option: interface for connecting commercial keyboards and barcode
readers
LocalCAN option: interface for connection of up to 5 LocalCAN (LC) instruments
MiniMettler option: MiniMettler second interface, for connection to older
(legacy) systems
RS-USB converter cable
BT2 Option
BT2 Paired Option
95
Part No.
XP/XS Ultra Micro- and
Microbalances
XPE26/XPE56
Microbalances
XPE
Analytical Balances
XS
Analytical Balances
XPE Precision Balances S/L-Platform
XS Precision Balances S/L-Platform
Accessories: Balances
Protective cover for XP terminal
11132570
•
–
–
–
–
–
Protective cover for XPE terminal
30059776
–
–
•
–
•
Protective cover for XS terminal
11106870
•*
–
–
•
–
• (S)
Protective cover for XS terminal, Precision Balances with L-Platform
11132573
–
–
–
–
–
• (L)
Protective cover for S-Platform, 5 mg ,10 mg and 0.1 g models (covers
platform)
11133034
–
–
–
–
• (S)
• (S)
Protective cover for XS Precision Balances with S-Platform,
10 mg and 0.1 g models (covers platform and terminal)
11132571
–
–
–
–
–
• (S)
IP54 cover for AC adapter, protects against dust and splashing (IP54)
11132550
•
•
•
•
•
•
11600361
–
•
•
•
•
•
Transport case for Micro- and Ultra Microbalances
11122760
•
–
–
–
–
–
Transport case for XP Microbalances
11106729
–
•
–
–
–
–
Transport case for Analytical Balances
11106869
–
–
•
•
–
–
Transport case for S-Platform Precision Balances,
5 mg, 10 mg and 0.1 g models, with space for printer and stand arm
30113497
–
–
–
–
• (S)
Accessories
XPE, XS Balances
Description
Protective Covers
–
Anti-Theft Device
Steel cord with T-bar mechanism and lock
Transport Cases
• (S)
Filling Process Control
SQC-XPE software package
30251345
–
–
–
–
•
–
SQC14 Printer for control of up to 16 articles
00236210
•
•
•
•
•
•
SQC14 Printer for control of up to 60 articles
00236211
•
•
•
•
•
•
LV11 small items transporter for automatic balance feeding
21900608
•
•
•
•
•
•
LV11 Draft Shield Door
11106715
–
•
•
•
–
LV11 Pro Draft Shield Door for 0.1 mg and 1 mg models
11132711
–
–
–
–
• (S)
00211220
•
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
•
•
–
• (S)
Funnel Set
Funnel Set for XP/XS Balances
Dynamic Weighing Kit
Dynamic Weighing Kit, 4 liter vessel, for 5 mg, 10 mg and 0.1 g
S-Platform models and all L-Platform models
11132657
SE-Kit
XPE SE-Kit, separate electronics kit for XP Analytical Balances
11106743
–
–
•
–
–
–
SE-Kit extension cable 0.6 m
00211535
–
–
•
–
–
–
SE-Kit extension cable 5.0 m
00210688
–
–
•
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
• (L)
–
–
•
•
–
Hook for Weighing below the Balance
Below-the-balance weighing device for Precision Balances with L-Platform
(integrated in balance models with S-Platforms)
11132565
x (L)
Consumables
SmartPrep Weighing Funnel, 50pcs
* = XS only
SmartPrep single-use, antistatic
funnels ­provide a safe and fast
method for ­weighing-in powders.
Simply weigh, transfer and rinse.
Fits nearly any ­standard
10 – 250 mL flask.
96
30061260
–
PL-E
ME-T
ML-T
Part No.
MS-TS
Description
MS-L
Accessories
MS, MS-TS, ML-T, ME-T, PL-E Balances
MS Semi-Micro
Accessories: Balances
Draft Shields
Draft shield with sliding doors "mg" (usable height 168 mm)
12122405
-
•
•
-
-
-
Draft shield with sliding doors "0.1 mg" (usable height 236 mm)
12122404
-
•
•
-
-
-
Draft shield MS-DS-21 for models with readability of 0.1 g up to 0.01 g
12121014
-
•
•
-
-
-
Draft shield flexi, height 100 mm (only for ML203E, ML303E)
12122420
-
-
-
•
-
-
Draft shield for precision balances ML-DS-21, height 227 mm
(ML with pan size 170 x 190 mm)
12121015
-
-
-
•
-
-
Draft shield without sliding doors "0.1 mg" (235mm) (Set DS High ME)
30037731
-
-
-
-
•
-
Draft shield without sliding doors "1 mg" (175 mm) (Set DS Low ME)
30042884
-
-
-
-
•
-
Glass cylinder for compact models (pan size ∅ 120 mm)*
*Pan ∅ 120 mm (balances with a weighing pan ∅ 160 mm require this pan
when using draft shield 12102988 - on request)
12102988
12102987
-
-
-
-
-
•
-
-
-
-
-
•
30006615
30216667
12121852
30241514
30241513
30241549
30241560
12102980
•
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
•
–
–
–
–
–
–
•
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
•
•
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
•
•
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
•
30028928
30028926
30029049
30029050
30029051
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
–
•
•
–
–
–
–
–
•
•
•
–
–
–
–
–
–
•
•
–
–
–
•
–
–
–
–
–
–
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
–
•
–
•
–
•
–
•
–
–
•
•
•
•
•
•
–
–
–
–
–
–
•
Protective Covers
Protective cover for MS semi-micro
Protective cover for MS-TS balances (all models)
Protective cover for MS-L balances
Protective cover for ML-T balances with draft shield
Protective cover for ML-T balances with square pan
Protective cover for ME-T balances with draft shield
Protective cover for ME-T balances without draft shield
Protective cover for compact models
Dust Covers
Dust cover for ML-T models with draft shield (235 mm)
Dust cover for ML-T models without draft shield
Dust cover for models with draft shield 235 mm
Dust cover for models with draft shield 170 mm
Dust cover for models without draft shield
Special Weighing Pans
Dynamic weighing pan MS-DWP-21
(MS-S with pan size 170 x 200 mm, 190 x 226 mm)
30006471
AC Adapter
AC Adapter 100-240 V, 12 VDC, 2.25 A
Universal adapter set (EU, USA, AU, UK) 100-240 VAC, 50/60 Hz, 0,3 A,
out 12 VDC 0,84 A
11107909
11120270
Interface Cables
USB-RS232 converter cable for connection with PC via USB port;
baud rates 1200 to 115,2 K
30091827
Anti-Theft Devices
Steel cord with lock
Steel cord with lock
11600361
00590101
Auxiliary Displays
Auxiliary display AD-RS-M7, RS232 large LCD backlit display powered by the
balance (RS232 interface)
Auxiliary display RS-AD-L7, RS232 LCD display with backlight
12122381
72213564
97
Accessories: Balances
Part No.
MS
Semi-Micro
MS-L
MS-TS
ML-T
ME-T
PL-E
Accessories
MS, MS-TS, ML-T, ME-T, PL-E Balances
Density kit MS-DNY-54 for solids
30004077
•
–
–
–
–
–
Density kit MS-DNY-43 for solids
11142143
–
•
•
–
–
–
Density kit ML-DNY-43 for solids
11142144
–
–
–
•
–
–
Density kit ME-DNY-4 for ME 0.1 mg balances
30029886
–
–
–
–
•
–
Glass sinker 10 ml for density determination of liquids in combination with
MS-DNY-54, MS-DNY-43 or ML-DNY-43
00210260
•
•
•
•
•
–
Calibrated glass sinker 10 ml for density determination of liquids in
combination with MS-DNY-54, MS-DNY-43 or ML-DNY-43
00210672
•
•
•
•
•
–
Recalibration for glass sinker 10 ml for density determination of liquids in
combination with MS-DNY-54, MS-DNY-43 or ML-DNY-43
00210674
•
•
•
•
•
–
Description
Density Kit
ErgoSens
Optical sensor for hands-free operation of MS semi-micro balance
11132601
•
–
–
–
–
–
Auxiliary footswitch for hands-free operation of MS semi-micro balance
11106741
•
–
–
–
–
–
30014460
•
–
–
–
–
–
11132565
–
•
–
–
–
–
LabX direct balance full version for simple data transfer
11120340
•
•
•
•
•
•
LabX direct balance demo version (30 days)
11120343
•
•
•
•
•
•
Transport case for MS semi-micro balances
30006317
•
–
–
–
–
Transport case for all MS-TS balances
11124245
–
•
•
–
–
Transport case for ML-T balances (without draft shield)
11124240
–
–
–
•
–
Transport case for compact models (without draft shield)
12102982
–
–
–
–
Transport case for ME-T 0.1 mg balances (with draft shield, 235 mm)
30046404
–
–
–
–
•
–
Transport case for models with draft shield (0.001 g, 170 mm)
30046405
–
–
–
–
•
–
Transport case for models without draft shield
30046406
–
–
–
–
•
–
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Evaporation Trap
Evaporation Trap
Weighing below the balance
Hook for MS-L
LabX direct
Transport Case
•
Printer
P-58RUE
RS-P26
P-58RUE thermal label printer with RS232, USB and Ethernet interfaces
and functions: Print, Statistics, Formulation, Totaling, Label Printing
30094674
P-56RUE thermal label printer with RS232, USB and Ethernet interfaces
and functions: Print, Label Printing*
30094673
RS-P28 compact printer with RS232C interface and functions:
Print, Zero, Date/Time, Feed, Statistics & Totaling
11124304
RS-P26 compact printer with RS232C interface and functions:
Print, Zero, Date/Time, Feed
11124303
RS-P25 compact printer with RS232C interface and functions: Print
11124300
* Possible only from host device, e.g. PC
98
Accessories: Cables
Accessories
Cables
Description
Part No.
Cables
All, with RS232 interface
All, with LocalCan interface
All, with Ethernet interface
RS9 (m) – RS9 (f), cable for connecting a balance (RS232, 9-pin) to a printer, PC or
titrator (RS232, 9-pin), 1 m
11101051
Ex2 cable for RS232 interface, fiber-optic cable with 9-pin RS connector and optoelectric
converter with galvanic isolation, 2 m
00224265
USB – RS232 converter cable, intelligent expansion module that connects a balance
(RS232) to a PC USB port. Baud rates 1200 to 115,2 K, 1.7 m
11103691
LC – RS9 (f), cable for connecting a balance (LocalCAN) to a printer, PC or titrator
(RS232, 9-pin), 2 m, includes interface box
00229065
Ex2: LC – RS9 (f), cable for connecting a balance (LocalCAN) in Ex Zone 2 to a printer,
PC or titrator (RS232, 9-pin), 1.9 m, includes interface box
00224275
LC – CL, cable for connecting a balance (LocalCAN) to a device with METTLER TOLEDO
CL interface, e.g. titrator, 5-pin, 2 m, includes interface box
00229130
LC – RS open, cable for connecting to a MT ComBus system; includes interface box, 4 m
21900640
LC – LC03, extension cable for LocalCAN, 0.3 m, includes connector
00239270
LC – LC1, extension cable for LocalCAN, 1 m, includes connector
00229161
LC – LC2, extension cable for LocalCAN, 2 m, includes connector
00229115
LC – LC5, extension cable for LocalCAN, 5 m, includes connector
00229116
LC – LCT, cable branch (T-connector) for connection of peripherals with LocalCAN
00229118
LC – RS8, connection cable for METTLER TOLEDO titrators DL50, DL53, DL55
00229185
Connection cable for METTLER TOLEDO titrators DL12, DL18, DL21, DL25, DL35,
DL40RG, DL40GP (1.5 m long), (LC-CL cable is also required, order no 00229130)
00106090
Ethernet extension cable, RJ45 patch cable U/UTP, CAT5, 3 m
11600395
Ethernet extension cable, RJ45 patch cable U/UTP, CAT5, 5 m
11600396
All, with MiniMettler interface
MiniMettler – RS232 connection cable for PC (DB9 f, bidir. handshake, 1.5 m long)
00210493
With USB interface
USB (A–B) cable for connection to PC, 1 m
12130716
99
Accessories: OIML Weights
Our Expertise
Your Cornerstone for Reliable Results
Only the finest quality austenitic steel offers the highest resistance to corrosion over
the course of a weight’s lifetime. Our unique manufacturing process involves melting the steel under vacuum, traditional mechanical polishing, final stage electrolytic
polishing, fully automated cleaning processes and final calibration using state-ofthe-art mass comparators. The process has been perfected over years of experience
to bring you accurate weights of the highest quality, with a stability that r­ emains
unmatched in the market.
Custom Materials
Our specially produced super
austenitic stainless steel is cast
under vacuum to reduce undesired trace elements, remove dissolved gases and improve oxide
cleanliness. This optimizes the
physical properties of the steel;
e.g. density is highly reproducible.
Electrolytic Polishing
Proprietary process eliminates
microscopic protrusions in the
weight’s surface which is far
more even compared to mechanical polishing. Thanks to
the enhanced properties of the
passive oxide film, long-term stability of the weight is improved.
Robot Calibration
Substantial investment in cutting
edge robot technology, combined
with decades of experience,
guarantees the highest standard
of weight calibration. Computer
controlled processes eliminate
human error, producing consistent and reproducible results with
low uncertainty values.
www.mt.com/weights
100
Accessories: OIML Weights
Microgram Weights
For Mass Calibration
The weights, combined with their specially designed set of accessories and handling tools,
offer the complete solution for customers who
go beyond traditional boundaries.
These weights are mainly used by national
institutes for scientific research and calibrations, but they also aid general industry
research in areas where equipment calibration with milligram weights is no longer sufficiently precise
Protective Storage
Easy to clean aluminum boxes
protect weights against electrostatic charge. To avoid unintentional mis-storage of weights,
each box is laser marked with
the nominal value.
Stable Weights
Precise and inimitable shapes for
each nominal weight. To ensure
accuracy, an automated process
is used to bend wires with diameter as small as 0.05 mm into
the desired shape.
Nifty Tools
Tweezers with a special hook
and ceramic tips ensure proper
handling. The miniature draft
shield protects the weights during
acclimatization and pre-weighing
preparations.
Weight Sets
Nominal Value
0.05 mg - 0.5 mg
Weight Sequence
1, 2, 2, 5
Number of Weights
5
Part No.
30078805
Part No.
30078807
Uncertainty (µg)
0.7
0.7
0.7
0.7
Part No.
30078800
30078801
30078802
30078803
Part No.
30080144
30080145
30080146
30080147
Single Weights
Nominal Value
0.05 mg
0.1 mg
0.2 mg
0.5 mg
MPE (± in µg)
± 1.5
± 1.5
± 1.5
± 1.5
With statement of accuracy
With traceable calibration certificate issued by the National Measurement Office in UK
www.mt.com/microgram-weights
101
Accessories: OIML Weights
Signature Line
OIML E1, E2 and F1
Guaranteed
Positive Tolerances
The Signature Line
offers more than
perfection. Hand
­selected weights with
guaranteed positive
tolerances and a lifetime guarantee make
these weights the first
choice for ambitious
testing purposes.
Full Lifetime
Guarantee
High-grade stainless steel,
vacuum melted
Density: 8.0 kg/dm 3
Magnetic susceptibility < 0.01
One-piece design (Monobloc)
The unique electrolytic
adjustment procedure
combined with ­robotic
calibrations allows
­selective production of
weights in the positive
tolerance range.
Wire weight
Marked wire weight
Cylindrical weight with knob
Individual
Weights
F1
E1
E2
Order number
Wooden Box
Order number
Plastic Box
Nominal
value
Order number
Plastic Box
–
–
–
–
30003743
30003744
30003745
30003746
20 mg
–
30003747
–
–
–
–
30003748
30003749
30003750
30003751
1 g
–
30003752
2 g
–
30003753
30003719
5 g
–
30003754
–
30003720
10 g
–
30003755
00159131
–
30003721
20 g
–
30003756
00159140
00159141
–
30003722
50 g
–
30003757
100 g
00159150
00159151
–
30003723
100 g
–
30003758
200 g
00159160
00159161
–
30003724
200 g
–
30003759
500 g
00159170
00159171
–
30003725
500 g
–
30003760
1 kg
00159180
00159181
–
30003726
1 kg
–
30003761
2 kg
00159190
00159191
–
30003727
2 kg
–
30003762
5 kg
00159200
00159201
–
30003728
5 kg
–
30003763
10 kg
00159210
00159211
–
30003729
10 kg
–
30003764
20 kg
00159220
00159221
–
30003730
20 kg
–
30003765
50 kg
00159230
00159231
–
30003731
50 kg
–
30003766
mg
mg
mg
mg
00159000
00159010
00159020
00159030
00159001
00159011
00159021
00159031
–
–
–
–
30003706
30003707
30003710
30003711
20 mg
00159040
00159041
–
30003712
00159050
00159060
00159070
00159080
00159051
00159061
00159071
00159081
–
–
–
–
30003713
30003714
30003715
30003716
1 g
00159090
00159091
–
30003717
2 g
00159100
00159101
–
30003718
5 g
00159110
00159111
–
10 g
00159120
00159121
20 g
00159130
50 g
50
100
200
500
mg
mg
mg
mg
1
2
5
10
Shape
mg
mg
mg
mg
1
2
5
10
102
Shape
Weight and Box,
including Certificate
Marked cylindrical
weight with knob
Individual
Weights
Nominal
value
Weight and Box
The “Stay-in-tolerance”
lifetime guarantee
means that if ever a
weight should be found
out of tolerance it will be
replaced free of charge.
50
100
200
500
mg
mg
mg
mg
Accessories: OIML Weights
Weight
Sets
1
2
5
10
20
50
100
200
500
E1
E2
1 mg
500 mg
1 mg
200 g
1 mg
1 kg
1 mg
2 kg
1 mg
5 kg
1g
50 g
1g
500 g
1 mg
1 kg
12
23
25
27
28
8
12
38
1 kg
1 mg
5 kg 500 mg
1 mg
200 g
1 mg
1 kg
1 mg
2 kg
1 mg
5 kg
1g
50 g
1g
500 g
1 kg
5 kg
23
25
27
28
8
12
4
mg
mg
mg
mg
mg
mg
mg
mg
mg
1g
2g
5g
10 g
20 g
50 g
100 g
200 g
500 g
1 kg
2 kg
5 kg
No. of Weights
Wooden Box
4
12
00159300 00159340 00159350 11117614 11117616 00159310 00159320 00159360 00159330
00159301 00159341 00159351 11117615 11117617 00159311 00159321 00159361 00159331
Plastic Box
Weight
Sets
1
2
5
10
20
50
100
200
500
30003732 30003734 30003735 30003736 30003737 30003738 30003739 30003740
F1
1 mg
500 mg
1 mg
200 g
1 mg
1 kg
1 mg
2 kg
1 mg
5 kg
1g
50 g
1g
500 g
1 kg
5 kg
12
23
25
27
28
8
12
4
mg
mg
mg
mg
mg
mg
mg
mg
mg
1g
2g
5g
10 g
20 g
50 g
100 g
200 g
500 g
1 kg
2 kg
5 kg
No. of Weights
Plastic Box
30003767 30003768 30003769 30003770 30003771 30003772 30003773 30003774
103
Accessories: OIML Weights
Premium Line
OIML E2 and F1
Premium
Stainless Steel
Uncompromising
­selection of steel and
rigorous control of
manufacturing processes make P
­ remium
Line weights the excellent choice for balance
calibration and testing.
The proven one-piece
design (monobloc)
guarantees best long
term stability and accurate testing results.
Made in
Switzerland
High-grade stainless steel,
vacuum melted
Density: 8.0 kg/dm 3
Magnetic susceptibility < 0.01
One-piece design (Monobloc)
Premium, vacuum
­melted stainless steel
ensures an anticorrosive
surface with low magnetization and s­ usceptibility
values.
The one-piece construction and electrolytically
polished surface offer
best long term stability. Unmatched Swiss
quality!
Weight and Box
Weight and Box,
including Certificate
Wire weight
Marked wire weight
Cylindrical weight with knob
Marked cylindrical
weight with knob
Individual
Weights
Individual
Weights
E2
Order number
Wooden Box
Order number
Plastic Box
Nominal
value
mg
mg
mg
mg
00158300
00158310
00158320
00158330
00158301
00158311
00158321
00158331
00158306
00158316
00158326
00158336
00158307
00158317
00158327
00158337
1
2
5
10
20 mg
00158340
00158341
00158346
00158347
00158350
00158360
00158370
00158380
00158351
00158361
00158371
00158381
00158356
00158366
00158376
00158386
00158357
00158367
00158377
00158387
1 g
00158390
00158391
00158396
00158397
2 g
00158400
00158401
00158406
00158407
5 g
00158410
00158411
00158416
10 g
00158420
00158421
20 g
00158430
Nominal
value
1
2
5
10
50
100
200
500
104
F1
mg
mg
mg
mg
Shape
Order number
Wooden Box
Order number
Plastic Box
mg
mg
mg
mg
00159410
00159420
00159430
00159440
00159411
00159421
00159431
00159441
00159416
00159426
00159436
00159446
00159417
00159427
00159437
00159447
20 mg
00159450
00159451
00159456
00159457
00159460
00159470
00159480
00159490
00159461
00159471
00159481
00159491
00159466
00159476
00159486
00159496
00159467
00159477
00159487
00159497
1 g
00158600
00158601
00158606
00158607
2 g
00158610
00158611
00158616
00158617
00158417
5 g
00158620
00158621
00158626
00158627
00158426
00158427
10 g
00158630
00158631
00158636
00158637
00158431
00158436
00158437
20 g
00158640
00158641
00158646
00158647
50
100
200
500
mg
mg
mg
mg
Shape
50 g
00158440
00158441
00158446
00158447
50 g
00158650
00158651
00158656
00158657
100 g
00158450
00158451
00158456
00158457
100 g
00158660
00158661
00158666
00158667
200 g
00158460
00158461
00158466
00158467
200 g
00158670
00158671
00158676
00158677
500 g
00158470
00158471
00158476
00158477
500 g
00158680
00158681
00158686
00158687
1 kg
00158480
00158481
00158486
00158487
1 kg
00158690
00158691
00158696
00158697
2 kg
00158490
00158491
00158496
00158497
2 kg
00158700
00158701
00158706
00158707
5 kg
00158500
00158501
00158506
00158507
5 kg
00158710
00158711
00158716
00158717
10 kg
00158510
00158511
00158516
00158517
10 kg
00158720
00158721
00158726
00158727
20 kg
00158520
00158521
00158526
00158527
20 kg
00158730
00158731
00158736
00158737
50 kg
00158530
00158531
50 kg
00158740
00158741
Accessories: OIML Weights
Weight
Sets
1
2
5
10
20
50
100
200
500
E2
F1
1 mg
500 mg
1 mg
200 g
1 mg
1 kg
1 mg
2 kg
1 mg
5 kg
1g
50 g
1g
500 g
1 mg
1 kg
1 kg
5 kg
1 mg
500 mg
1 mg
200 g
1 mg
1 kg
1 mg
2 kg
1 mg
5 kg
1g
50 g
1g
500 g
1 kg
5 kg
12
23
25
27
28
8
12
38
4
12
23
25
27
28
8
12
4
mg
mg
mg
mg
mg
mg
mg
mg
mg
1g
2g
5g
10 g
20 g
50 g
100 g
200 g
500 g
1 kg
2 kg
5 kg
No. of Weights
Wooden Box
Plastic Box
00158800 00158840 00158850 11117624 11117626 00158810 00158820 00158860 00158830
00161700 00158900 00158910 11117802 11117804 00158870 00158880 00158890
00158801 00158841 00158851 11117625 11117627 00158811 00158821 00158861 00158831
00161701 00158901 00158911 11117803 11117805 00158871 00158881 00158891
00158806 00158846 00158856 11117321 11117323 00158816 00158826
–
11125900
00161706 00158906 00158916 11119979 11119981 00158876 00158886 11125907
00158807 00158847 00158857 11117322 11117324 00158817 00158827
–
11125901
00161707 00158907 00158917 11119980 11119982 00158877 00158887 11125908
Accessories
Tweezers
Weight Forks
Order number
Order number
Straight tips, for weights 1 mg – 20 g, length 115 mm
00015900
Aluminum/Polyamide, for weights 500 g – 1 kg, length 300 mm
00222175
Straight tips, for weights 1 mg – 20 g, length 220 mm
11116544
Aluminum/Polyamide, for 2 kg weights, length 320 mm
00015902
Straight tips, for weights 20 g – 200 g, length 140 mm
11116543
Aluminum/Polyamide, for 5 kg weights, length 470 mm
00015903
Bent tips, for weights 20 g – 200 g, length 200 mm
00015901
ABS, for 500 g weights, length 150 mm
11123094
Bent tips, for weights 1 mg – 200 g, length 130 mm
11116540
ABS, for 1 kg weights, length 150 mm
11123095
Miscellaneous Accessories
Nylon gloves
Weight Handles
Weight marking
Order number
Order number
Leather gloves, pair, not suitable for regulated environments
00072001
Steel with rubber coating, for 2 kg weights
11123096
Nylon gloves, pair, suitable for all environments
11123098
Steel with rubber coating, for 5 kg weights
11123097
Micro fibre cloth, suitable for all environments
00158798
Aluminum, for 10 kg and 20 kg weights
00015904
Brush, suitable for all environments
00158799
Aluminum, for 10 kg and 20 kg weights, with ear for crane
11116517
Weight marking, alphanumeric
11116500
Aluminum, for 50 kg weights, with ear for crane
11116515
105
Accessories: OIML Weights
Basic Line
OIML F1, F2 and M1
Economical
Production
Proven ­technology and
competitive prices make
Basic Line weights a
cost effective solution for general testing
purposes. All weights
are made of stainless steel, even for mg
weights no aluminum
is used. Weights are
manufactured under
METTLER TOLEDO’s stringent ISO9001 quality
­management system.
Individual
Weights
Nominal
value
Shape
F1
Order number
Plastic Box
Clean-room
Suitability
Stainless steel
Density: 7.9 kg/dm3
Weight and Box
Weight and Box,
including Certificate
The adjustable c­ avity
(AC) design can be
manufactured more
economically, making
these weights affordable even for smaller
budgets.
F2
Order number
Plastic Box
M1
Marked sheet weight
Cylindrical weight with knob
Marked cylindrical
weight with knob
Marked single weights
are available on request
Weight
Sets
Order number
Plastic Box
1 mg
11119491 11119561 11119079 11118271 11117935 11117751
1 mg
2 mg
11119492 11119562 11119080 11118272 11117936 11117752
2 mg
5 mg
11119493 11119563 11119081 11118273 11117937 11117753
5 mg
10 mg
11119494 11119564 11119082 11118274 11117938 11117754
10 mg
20 mg
20 mg
11119495 11119565 11119083 11118275 11117939 11117755
50 mg
11119496 11119566 11119084 11118276 11117940 11117756
50 mg
100 mg
11119497 11119567 11119085 11118285 11117941 11117757
100 mg
200 mg
11119498 11119568 11119086 11118286 11117942 11117758
200 mg
500 mg
11119499 11119569 11119087 11118287 11117943 11117759
500 mg
1 g
11119455 11119525 11119042 11118191 11118055 11117711
1 g
2 g
11119456 11119526 11119043 11118192 11118056 11117712
2 g
5 g
11119457 11119527 11119044 11118193 11118057 11117713
5 g
10 g
11119458 11119528 11119045 11118194 11118058 11117714
10 g
20 g
20 g
11119459 11119529 11119046 11118195 11118059 11117715
50 g
11119460 11119530 11119047 11118196 11118060 11117716
50 g
100 g
11119461 11119531 11119048 11118201 11118061 11117717
100 g
200 g
11119462 11119532 11119049 11118202 11118062 11117718
200 g
500 g
11119463 11119533 11119050 11118203 11118063 11117719
500 g
1 kg
11119464 11119534 11119051 11118204 11118064 11117721
1 kg
2 kg
11119465 11119535 11119052 11118205 11118065 11117722
2 kg
5 kg
11119466 11119536 11119053 11118206 11118066 11117723
10 kg
11119467 11119537 11119054 11118211 11118067 11117724
Number of Weights
20 kg
11119468 11119538 11119055 11118212 11118068 11117725
F1
1 mg
500 mg
1 mg
200 g
12
11119511
11119581
11118456
11118339
11117862
11117771
23
11119512
11119582
11118457
11118340
11117863
11117772
1 mg
1 kg
1 mg
2 kg
1 mg
5 kg
1g
50 g
1g
500 g
5 kg
F2
M1
106
Sheet weight
All Basic Line weights
are protected in robust
and easy to clean plastic
boxes. FDA approved
materials, including foam
inserts, make them a perfect solution for regulated
industries.
25
11119513
11119583
11118458
11118341
11117864
11117773
27
11119514
11119584
11118459
11118342
11117865
11117774
28
11119515
11119585
11118460
11118343
11117866
11117775
8
11119516
11119586
11118461
11118344
11117867
11117776
12
11119517
11119587
11118462
11118345
11117868
11117777
Accessories: CarePacs®
Professional CarePacs®
For Smooth Routine Testing
Perform safe routine testing of your balances with
precisely what you need – a METTLER TOLEDO
CarePac® with just two test weights. This unique
approach, which is also recommended in USP <41>,
means you can rely on accurate measuring results
and save time and money. CarePacs® include
tweezers, gloves and everything you need for
professional weight handling.
Flexible Testing
Cost Savings
CarePacs® offer the option to
add a third weight for customer
specific testing.
Buy only what is needed for routine testing – two weights rather
than an entire weight set.
Re-calibration costs are lower
for two weights compared to an
entire set.
Security through Superior
Accessories
Ergonomic tweezers and weight
forks as well as clean-room
approved gloves and cleaning
cloths meet the highest requirements of all industries.
www.mt.com/weights
107
Mass Compa
Highly accurate mass determination
108
rators
Comparator Balances Overview
Manual Mass Comparators
Calibration Software - MC Link
Page
110 – 111
112 – 113
114 – 115
109
Comparator Balances Overview
Mass Comparison
Manual, Automated and Robotic
METTLER TOLEDO offers a comprehensive portfolio of mass
comparators and comparator services for seamless traceability and highly accurate weighing applications.
The portfolio is divided into three lines of Comparators: Manual,
Automated and Robotic
Manual
Comparators
Automated
Comparators
Robotic
Comparators
A choice of more than 20
models allows you to select
the appropriate comparator for
your application. Thanks to the
ergonomic design, our comparator balances are easy to
use. The complementary
MC Link software maximizes
your productivity.
Thanks to the Windows®-based
control software and 4-place
turntable, all measurements
are auto­matically done without
operator inter­ference, keeping
measurement uncertainty to a
minimum.
These fully automated solutions
are ideal for large scale calibration
activities up to E1 OIML accuracy
class assuring a safe and efficient
workflow.
• Highest resolution from
0.1 μg to 5,400 kg
• MC Link weight calibration
software
• Gravimetric eccentricity
elimination (weight hook,
hanging pan or LevelMatic®)
110
• Highest accuracy from
0.1µg to 64 kg
• Fully automated comparison
with 4-position weight handler
• Easy and secure data
­management
• Automated weighing process
with PC Controller
• Peak performance towards
­nanogram accuracy from 0.1µg
to 20 kg
• Maximum productivity with large
weight magazines
• Time saving with fast 3-axis
­robot
• Windows®-based user friendly
control software
Mass Comparators set the standard
Due to their very best repeat­ability
and resolution, Mass C
­ omparators
are the most ­accurate balances
existing today. They determine the
exact mass of unknown weights by
comparison with a known reference
weight.
All masses are fully traceable to the
International Prototype Kilogram in
Paris, and hence Mass Comparators play a key role in the realization of measurement standards.
METTLER TOLEDO Mass Metrology
solutions guarantee highest quality
and full compliance with country
specific norms in all ­areas of work
in science, industry and for consumer products.
Mass
Metrology
For more details, please
request the Comparator
Balance brochure
(11795840A).
Science
Industries
Consumer Products
www.mt.com/comparators
111
Manual Mass Comparators
Highest Accuracy
with Versatility
METTLER TOLEDO manual mass comparators offer a winning combination of highest accuracy and unmatched performance and are perfect
for use in mass calibration laboratories or industrial applications.
All comparators are supplied as standard with our mass calibration software,
MC Link. Designed and developed by metrologists to meet the everyday needs of
calibration laboratories, MC Link helps you cut your calibration time in half whilst
assuring data integrity and compliance. Benefit further from the multilingual interface
and compliant processes as well as efficient and traceable certificate printing.
One-Stop Solution
In addition to each manual
mass comparator, METTLER
TOLEDO supplies the weight
calibration software MC Link.
This all-in-one solution simplifies
the weight calibration process,
ensures local and OIML R-111
compliance and cuts calibration
time to the minimum.
112
Minimized Uncertainty
Established gravimetric eccentricity elimination is achieved
through centering aids such as a
weight hook, hanging weighing
pan or LevelMatic®. A variety of
draft shields minimize environmental influences while real-time
data processing identifies out-oftolerance results immediately.
Customizable Solution
Increase functionality through
the addition of various options:
• ClimaLog, DataLog for climate
data recording
• Audit Trail for use in ISO 17025
environments
• Barcode labeling to ensure
faultless identification and
prevent transcription errors.
LC
2K
LC
3K
00
E6
XP
tor
tor
ara
mp
Co
tor
ara
ara
mp
Co
or
rat
pa
mp
Co
tor
ara
or
rat
tor
ara
mp
pa
om
CC
MC
3K
00
E2
XP
00
E1
XP
KM
04
om
CC
KS
Co
tor
ara
tor
ara
mp
Co
mp
Co
tor
tor
ara
mp
Co
mp
Co
-T
LC
LC
02
02
55
E6
XP
E1
XP
LC
LC
03
40
40
E6
XP
E6
XP
40
E6
XP
03
LC
03
20
E3
XP
or
ara
or
rat
or
rat
pa
rat
or
rat
mp
Co
pa
om
4C
00
60
E2
XP
SC
om
pa
om
or
pa
tor
tor
om
CC
3S
03
00
12
AX
E1
XP
00
E5
CC
3S
00
E2
XP
XP
ara
CC
mp
Co
tor
ara
mp
Co
ara
rat
or
rat
pa
om
or
pa
om
mp
Co
4S
00
E2
04
05
20
XP
AX
05
10
AX
10
AX
CC
05
E5
XP
RC
rat
or
tor
ara
rat
pa
CD
05
E2
XP
om
6C
20
AX
pa
tor
ara
mp
Co
mp
Co
om
6C
10
AX
6C
E5
XP
tor
ara
mp
Co
6C
E2
XP
6U
XP
Manual Mass Comparators
ComparatorPac™
Benefit from ComparatorPac™ - a unique ready-tostart calibration solution consisting of:
• 3 XPE mass comparators
• PC software for calibration and certificate printing
A comprehensive portfolio of comparators, software
options and weights allows you to customize your
configuration.
Contact your local METTLER TOLEDO representative for additional details.
www.mt.com/comparatorpac
113
Calibration Software - MC Link
Increase Calibration Efficiency
By Smart Data Processing and Control
Today’s challenges in mass calibration demand combined high
data s­ ecurity and process efficiency. Regulations have to be followed and c­ omplex calculations carried out for accurate results
and compliance.
MC Link software fulfills every mass calibration laboratory’s requirements, operates in multiple languages
while helping overcome the challenges presented in the tedious process of mass calibration. The Office
Client is designed to perform administrative and preliminary work, while the Laboratory Client provides all
functionality for mass calibration and equipment testing.
MC Link reduces calibration workflows to a minimum by i­ncreasing efficiency, data security and conformity.
Office Client
• User & permission management
• Administration of comparators and climate system
• Customer & weight management
• Process and uncertainty configurator
• Reporting and certificate printout in a few clicks
• Audit trail and i­ntegrated process quality control for regulatory
support
• CFR 21 Part 11 ready
Office
114
Calibration Software - MC Link
MC
MC
MC
MC
MC
Link
Link
Link
Link
Link
Software – Standalone Version
Software – Multi-place Version
Upgrade – Multi-place License
License – 1 MT Instrument
License – 1 non-MT Instrument
Article No.
30208278
30208280
30208289
30208285
30208288
MC Link Option – Audit Trail License
MC Link Option – Barcode Package
MC Link Validation Handbook
ClimaLog30 Climate Station
8 x RS232 Serial Port Server
Article No.
30208283
30212767
30212634
30078423
30211568
Laboratory Client
• Weight calibration
• Mass comparator testing
• Real-time statistical process control
La
or
t
a
r
bo
Smooth Calibration
• Fast and secure calibration
­process
• Reduced manual handling steps
• Improved measurement accuracy
• Reduced calibration lead times
y
Efficient Workflow
• Quality control and mass
calibration in one process
• Automatic calculations and
­tolerance testing
• Direct certificate printing
• Increased productivity and
­turnover
Reliable Results
• Integrated process control
• Paperless, secure and traceable
• User management with comprehensive data reporting for
validation
115
Moisture Analyz
Because moisture content matters
116
zers
Moisture Analyzer Overview
HX204 and HS153
HC103, HE73 and HE53
SmartCal
118
120
122
124
Page
– 119
– 121
– 123
– 125
117
Moisture Analyzer Overview
Accurate Moisture Determination
Fast, Precise, Reliable
METTLER TOLEDO moisture analyzers provide fast, precise
and reliable moisture determination in the laboratory and
on the factory floor. Robust and easy to use, you can be
assured of long reliable operation whether you work in a
highly regulated pharmaceutical lab, need the highest resolution for plastics, or need to take moisture measurements
for quality control of your food products.
118
Moisture Analyzer Overview
With outstanding measurement performance, you get
accurate moisture results in
record time. Intelligent control
and excellent reporting capabilities help ensure traceability and compliance.
Save valuable working
space with this compact
moisture analyzer. Its robust
design ensures reliable
results for years to come.
Perfect for quality control
and in-process control applications.
These robust moisture
analyzers are easy to use,
even for untrained operators. They offer a reliable
and cost-effective solution
for determining the moisture
content of your products.
SmartCal verifies moisture
analyzer performance with a
simple 10 minute test. Professional accessories, such
as sample pans and PC
software, ensure best results
and efficient processes.
SmartCal™ and Accessories
SmartCal™ and
Accessories
HE73 and HE53
HE73 and HE53
HC103
HC103
HX204 and HS153
HX204 and HS153
119
HX204 and HS153
High Performance Moisture Analyzers
with Intelligent Control
HX204
HS153
Integrated Compliance
for Peace of Mind
Boost Productivity in the Lab
and on the Factory Floor
The HX204 is designed to meet the strict demands
of research, quality control and production. It provides outstanding performance, rapid testing and
powerful graphics. Features supporting compliance
make the HX204 the ideal instrument for highly
regulated industries.
• Compliance features
• Highest accuracy and repeatability
• One Click™ Moisture
• Fast results
When moisture content determines productivity, the
HS153 is the instrument of choice. Powerful realtime graphics combined with ruggedness and easeof-use ensure fast and reproducible measurements
in the lab and on the factory floor.
• Real-time drying curve
• Quick and simple operation
• Easy cleaning
Safe Results
Easy Compliance
Instant Comfort
Easy Reporting
120
HX204 and HS153
Comparison Table HX204 and HS153 Moisture Analyzers
Moisture content readability
Balance capacity
Balance readability
Drying unit temperature range
Lid-opening
Terminal display stand
Internal calibration (FACT)
Level control
Automatic method development
Method memory
Results storage
SmartCal integration (built-in RHT sensor)
PDF and A4 printing
Wi-Fi*
Part No:
HX204
0.01% / 0.001%
200 g
1 mg / 0.1 mg
40–230°C
Motorized
Optional
Yes
Yes
Yes
300
3000
Yes
Yes
Yes*
30019875
HS153
0.01%
150 g
1 mg
40–230°C
Manual
Optional
99
3000
Optional
Yes
Yes*
30019876
*Country specific availability
Please order the detailed product
brochure and the White Paper on cross
validation of the D
­ rying Oven Method
versus Moisture Analyzers
www.mt.com/moisture
A4/Letter Reports
Network Connectivity
SmartCal Integration
Individual measurements with
drying curves, summary reports
with control charts, and test reports can all be printed in A4 or
letter format in color. Strip printers are fully supported.
Connect to a standalone printer
or a networked printer via ethernet. Generate reports as pdf files
and send automatically to any
network location e.g. from factory
floor direct to the QC ­office.
(Wi-Fi connection available in
selected countries.)
Simply select the built-in
SmartCal test directly from the
user menu. The new Relative
­Humidity and Temperature sensor plugs in at the back of the
unit to facilitate automatic normalization of the results.
121
HC103, HE73 and HE53
Trusted Moisture Results
at One Click™
HC103
HE73 / HE53
Convenient to Use with
Clever Guidance
Affordable with
Trusted Performance
With touchscreen operation and user guidance, the
HC103 is convenient and easy to use. Intuitive to
operate and easy to clean, the HC103 brings a new
level of comfort to your daily moisture analyzing
tasks. It’s the perfect choice for quality control and
in-process control applications.
• Large color touchscreen
• One Click™ Moisture
• Real-time drying curve
• Method shortcuts
• Reliable halogen technology
The HE73 and HE53 are simple to use, even for
untrained operators. With on-screen assistance and
our free Moisture Guide, you have everything you
need to quickly setup and start making accurate
moisture measurements.
• Simple operation
• Robust construction
Safe Results
Easy Compliance
Instant Comfort
Easy Reporting
122
HE73
HE53
HC103, HE73 and HE53
Comparison Table HC103, HE73 and HE53
HC103
101 g
1 mg, 0.01% MC
0.10% (2 g sample)
0.015% (10 g sample)
Halogen
40 – 230°C (1°C increments)
Standard, Rapid
SOC1 - SOC5, Timed, Free
20
100
USB host (2), USB device, RS232
%MC, %DC, %ATRO MC, % ATRO DC, g
7” color touchscreen
Graphical user guidance
Real-time drying curve
en, de, fr, es, it, pl, cz, hu, pt, ja, zh, ko, ru
30216101
30216103
Capacity
Readability
Repeatability
Heating
Temperature range
Drying programs
Switch-off criteria
Method memory
Results storage
Connectivity
Display modes
Display
Display functions
Moisture Matters
Drying Oven vs. Halogen Moisture Analyzer
A Practical Guide to Compare Methods
Tips & Tricks for Good Moisture Results
Good Sample Handling
Good Instrument Handling
Sample Distribution
Instrument Location
Spread the sample evenly over the pan. An evenly spread sample results in a
homogeneous distribution of heat throughout the product being measured and the
moisture can diffuse evenly out of the sample. This generates results with better
repeatability.
Since moisture measurements are based on high
precision weighing, accuracy and repeatability are
closely linked to the instrument’s location.
This white paper will be of interest to anyone involved in moisture analysis
applications in pharmaceutical, chemical, food and other industries.
Good Method Creation
Good moisture method
A moisture method contains all settings for measuring the moisture content of a
particular sample (substance). They determine the level of accuracy and the speed
of the measurement. The most important parameters are sample weight and drying
temperature.
• Place the instrument on a stable weighing bench.
• Avoid air flows (e.g. open windows).
• The temperature in the room must be constant;
instrument should not be placed near windows or
heaters and coolers. Ideally, the relative humidity and
temperature should be stable and not change during
the measurement.
Correct sample weight
The typical recommended sample weight is 3-5 g.
• Excessive amounts of sample require more time for drying.
• If the amount of sample is too small, the measurement result may not be
representative of the true moisture content.
Correct drying temperature
Applying the correct drying temperature is crucial to match the reference value (typically: drying oven). Based on drying oven value proceed as follows:
• Organic (temperature sensitive) samples: increase temperature of drying oven by 5°C
• Inorganic samples (not temperature sensitive): start at a temperature of 150°C
%MC
%MC
Cleaning
Table of Contents
1.
Introduction
2.
Overview of moisture analysis
2.1. The importance of moisture content
2.2. Loss on drying using the drying oven method
2.3. Halogen moisture analysis: a fast alternative
3.
4.
5.
Practical guide on how to replace the drying oven by a halogen moisture analyzer
3.1. Evaluation of comparability based on process requirements
3.2. Evaluation of comparability by statistical means
Accurate moisture determination with halogen moisture analyzers
4.1. Sound drying method and good sample handling
4.2. Accurate instruments
Conclusion
Appendix 1: Exemplary method comparison at a specific moisture content based
on process requirements
Appendix 2: Exemplary method comparison at a specific moisture content by
statistical means
Appendix 3: Exemplary method comparison over a range of moisture content by
statistical means
6.
Moisture Analyzers
White Paper
Languages
Part No (230V):
Part No (115V):
• Keep the sample pan area clean (e.g. using a brush).
• Periodically clean the protective glass. Use a mild
cleaning agent (e.g. glass cleaner).
• Use the right sample volume (typically 3-5 g).
• Always use the same amount of sample to achieve good repeatability.
For more information please refer to the ‘Guide to Moisture Analysis‘ (11796096),
and www.mt.com/moisture-elearning.
Sample preparation
The correct preparation of sample is key to repeatable
and reliable results:
Analysis of drying curve to evaluate the drying behavior
Routine Testing and Adjustment
To ensure reliable instrument performance and avoid
%MC
measurement errors,
periodic routine testing by the
user is recommended. Routine tests for moisture
analyzers shall include testing the balance (weight),
the heating unit (temperature) and an overall instrument
performance test (moisture content).
Please refer to the ‘Guide to Moisture Analysis’ for further information
(www.mt.com/moisture-guide)
%MC
%MC
%MC
• Temperature Calibration
The temperature calibration is performed by using a temperature calibration kit
as reference. The kit is inserted into the heating unit and heated to the target
temperatures. Please refer to the SOP ‘Periodic Temperature Test’ (30086038 for
HX204/HS153/HC103; 30031481 for HR83/HG63/HB43-S).
For further information on sample preparation, please
refer to ‘Methods for Special Samples‘ in the ‘Good
Method Creation‘ column.
• SmartCal Test (%MC, overall performance)
SmartCal is a performance check that verifies the
instrument’s overall functionality. Other than the
sensitivity and temperature tests, SmartCal verifies
overall performance (%MC).
Before conducting a SmartCal test ensure that
heating chamber is at room temperature (e.g.
by letting unit cool down for 45min. after a
measurement).
Sample Pans
Sample pans play a vital role in accuracy of the
measurement.
• Only use clean and dry sample pans for
moisture determination.
• Use sample pans only once. This guarantees
reliable measurements free from the influence
of residue remaining from previous samples.
• For good results we recommend
METTLER TOLEDO sample pans.
Hierarchy of tests – Temperature vs. weight
Please refer to the White Paper ‘Moisture Analyzer Routine Testing‘ (30029586).
Replacing the Drying Oven
Can the drying oven method be replaced by fast halogen moisture analysis? The
answer is yes, as long as the results obtained by the two methods are comparable.
Please refer to the White Paper ‘Drying Oven vs. Halogen Moisture Analyzer’
(30244570).
References
Consumables
HC103
HE73 & HE53
Aluminum sample
pans: Suitable for all
applications to ensure
best repeatability.
RV
Time
Value falls below reference
value: Increase the temperature.
%MC
%MC
%MC
%MC
%MC
RV
Time
Switch-off criterion is
not fulfilled: Increase the
temperature.
Certain samples need a special procedure for quick and optimal
moisture determination:
• Paste-like, greasy and melting samples
- Use the glass-fiber filter to increase the sample surface area.
• Liquid and very moist samples (>30%MC)
- Use the glass-fiber filter.
- Use rapid drying program.
Rapid drying
- Step drying can be used as an alternative to rapid drying (HX only).
• Samples with very low moisture content (<1%MC)
- Use HX204 with high resolution mode (0.1mg).
- Use a sufficiently high sample weight (e.g. 20-30 g).
- If the moisture only escapes very slowly, use switch-off
criterion 5 (1 mg/140 s) and SOC delay (5 min.).
Step drying
- Use standby temperature.
- Preheat sample pan for 1 minute at standby temperature and then tare.
• Samples with highly volatile components
- Work with manual start and cover sample while getting the start weight (e.g. with
card board).
- If the vapors are toxic, work in a fume cupboard.
- Standardize the processing of the samples in advance.
Please refer to the safety information in the operating instructions and conduct a safety
analysis before measuring flammable substances.
Service
Glass fibre filters:
Reduce measurement
time of liquids by up to
50%.
%MC
RV
Time
Reference value is exceeded:
Reduce the temperature.
RV = Reference%MC
Value
%MC
%MC
%MC
%MC
%MC
RV
Time
Switch of criterion is
not fulfilled: Reduce the
temperature.
The temperature should be tested more often than the weight.
HX204 & HS153
%MC
%MC
%MC
%MC
Time
Reference value is
matched: Check
robustness of method.
Methods for Special Samples
Please refer to the SOP ‘Periodic SmartCal Test‘
(30031480).
Instruments
%MC
%MC
%MC
RV
• Sensitivity Test (weight)
The sensitivity test is performed by placing a known reference mass on the
weighing pan and comparing the displayed value with the reference value (as
for balances). Please refer to the SOP ‘Periodic Sensitivity Test’ (30031488).
• Ensure even granulation (small and homogeneous
particles).
• If necessary, increase sample surface area by
breaking up the sample. This will ensure a better and
faster release of moisture during drying.
• Mechanical crushing can be carried out e.g. using a
mortar, grinder (water cooled) or simply by cutting.
HC103
Halogen Moisture Analyzer
Convenient
Clever
Robust
HE73
71 g
1 mg, 0.01% MC
0.15% (2 g sample)
0.05% (10 g sample)
Halogen
50 – 200°C (1°C increments)
Standard, Rapid
Fully automatic, Timed, Free
2
1
RS232
%MC, %DC, %ATRO MC, % ATRO DC, g
LCD back-lit
User guidance
Progress indicator
n/a
30237200
30237205
HE53
54 g
1 mg, 0.01% MC
0.15% (2 g sample)
0.05% (10 g sample)
Halogen
50 – 160°C (1°C increments)
Standard, Rapid
Fully automatic, Timed
1
1
RS232
%MC, %DC, %ATRO MC, % ATRO DC, g
LCD back-lit
User guidance
Progress indicator
n/a
30100246
30100251
Check out our supporting documentation and our service offering
to ensure you get the most out of your moisture analyzer:
• White Paper: “Drying Oven vs. Halogen Moisture Analyzer’
• Poster: Moisture Analysis Tips and Tricks
• Brochures: product details and specifications
• Installation Pacs: Professional Installation
Moisture Matters
Trusted Results at One Click™
SmartCal: fast and easy
instrument performance
verification.
www.mt.com/moisture
© 06/2015 Mettler-Toledo AG
Printed in Switzerland 30249610
Global MarCom Switzerland
Accessories for Moisture Analyzers
Sample Handling
Quality Management
Description
Aluminum sample pan
Glass fibre filters
Professional aluminum sample pan (extra strong)
Steel sample pan (reusable), height 6 mm
Downholder; keeps glass fibre filters flat during
measurement
Textile cage for bulky samples (HA-Cage)
www.mt.com/moisture
Quantity
80
100
80
3
1
Part No.
00013865
00214464
11113863
00214462
00214758
1
00214695
SmartCal Reference Substance: see page 124
HX/HS/HC certified temperature adjustment set
HE certified temperature adjustment set (HE-TCC)
HX/HS/HC adjustment weight,
100 g certified (F1 AC)
HE adjustment weight, 50 g (F1)
HX/HS/HC Thermo/hygrometer (RHT Sensor)
1
1
1
30020851
30134141
11119531
1
1
11119460
30020850
Printers
P-56RUE printer
RS-P25 compact printer with RS232 interface
Printer paper (for P25 printer)
Printer paper (for P25), self adhesive
Printer ribbon, black
1
1
5
3
2
30094673
11124300
00072456
11600388
00065975
Accessories
HX/HS stand for terminal
HX/HS printer support
HX/HS dust filter
HX/HS protective cover for terminal
HX/HS/HC anti-theft device
HX/HS transportation case
HC protective keypad cover
HC/HB dust filter
HC dust filter housing
HE protective keypad cover
1
1
50
1
1
1
1
50
1
1
30018474
30066692
30020838
30003957
11600361
30020836
30216115
11113883
30216118
30100261
Sample pans
Thanks to the optimal surface finish
aluminium sample
pans ensure ideal
testing conditions.
Glass fibre filters
The adsorbent glass
fibre filters simplify
testing of liquid and
pasty substances
and prevent the
build-up of a surface film.
Certified temperature adjustment kit
Ensure full traceability and perform
­temperature calibration at point of use.
123
SmartCal
SmartCal. Trust Your Results.
Reference Substance for Moisture Analyzer Testing
Whether producing food, chemical or pharmaceutical products, no one
can risk inaccurate results. In today’s industries with strict regulations and
­ongoing audits, efficient verification and documentation of the performance
of your Moisture Analyzers is key.
SmartCal ensures accurate results and provides seamless documentation with a
simple, quick 10 minute test. Your Moisture Analyzer is under control at all times.
Verified Instruments
Test in only 10 minutes
Innovative Test Substance
SmartCal is a granular test substance. Its high sensitivity reliably
detects adverse influences from
ambient conditions and inaccurate heating or weighing devices.
SmartCal checks moisture analyzer performance in three steps
Simple and Fast Test
The test is as easy to
per­­­form as a regular
measurement. Simply
pour SmartCal into the
sample pan and start.
The results are available in 10 minutes.
Verified Instrument
The moisture analyzer
is ready for use, if the
result lies within the
SmartCal control
limits.
No Issues with Auditors
The proper verification
and seamless documentation ­guarantee correct
perfor­mance.
Certified cSmartCal
for highly regulated industries
The certified cSmartCal is recommended for use in
all highly regulated industries. A Certificate of Analysis
is provided for every production batch. This certificate
is issued by the independent German Federal Institute
for Materials Research and Testing in Berlin
(BAM, www.bam.de).
124
SmartCal
White Paper
SmartCal checks the performance of your Moisture Analyzer in the QC lab or directly on the factory floor in just 10 minutes. For results you can trust.
Solid Routine Testing Approach
Guarantees Accurate Moisture Results
Moisture Analyzer
Routine Testing
This white paper describes the influences and sources of error which may
be present when conducting moisture analyses. It discusses the routine tests
which are necessary to ensure reliable determination of the moisture content
and correct functioning of the instrument. The recommended tests and their
frequencies are presented in the framework of a risk-based approach.
Contents
1.
Introduction
2
2.
Influences on Accuracy
2
2.1
Permanent influences
2
2.2
Temporary influences
2.3
Safety Factor
3
3.
Accuracy of Moisture Analyzer Results
4
3.1
Heating Unit
4
3.2
Weighing Unit
7
3.3
Relevance of deviations of Heating
Unit and Weighing Unit
9
4.
Routine testing of moisture analyzers
10
4.1
Comprehensive testing in routine operation
10
4.2
Hierarchy of tests – Temperature versus weighing
4.3
Test frequencies in routine operation
11
4.4
Recommended tests
11
5
Summary
15
6
References
16
3
Our white paper describes the influences and sources
of error which may be present when conducting
moisture analyses. It discusses the routine tests which
are necessary to ensure accurate results, with the
SmartCal test being one of them.
www.mt.com/moisture-routine-testing
10
For more information
please order the SmartCal
user guide.
SmartCal Reference Substance
Description
cSmartCal (certified, set of 24)
cSmartCal (certified, set of 12)
SmartCal (set of 24)
SmartCal (set of 12 )
StarterPac cSmartCal (certified, includes thermohygrometer, user guide, 12 tests
Part No.
30005791
30005793
30005790
30005792
30005918
30005917
www.mt.com/smartcal
125
Pipetting
Products for the Life Sciences
Overview
Pipet-Lite™ XLS+ Manual
XLS+ Electronic Pipettes
Benchtop 96-well Pipetting
Ergonomic LTS LiteTouch System
TerraRack Tips
BioClean™ Tips
Service
128
130
132
134
136
138
140
142
Page
– 129
– 131
– 133
– 135
– 137
– 139
– 141
– 143
127
Overview
Rainin Pipetting
for the Life Sciences
Pipetting is a central element of life science
research and for highly reproducible results,
scientists need accurate pipettes coupled
with high-quality contamination-free tips.
With more than 40 years of pipetting experience and
knowledge, Rainin has provided the industry’s leading
integrated pipetting solution. METTLER TOLEDO Rainin
manufacture pipettes and tips as a tested system, so
you can trust your results. METTLER TOLEDO Rainin
continually innovates, whether it’s the renowned LTS Lite
Touch System, 96-well pipetting, RFID enables pipettes
or E4 XLS+ electronic pipettes.
Rainin delivers value and performance
• Broad selection of pipettes and tips
• Enhanced pipetting performance
• Superior ergonomics
• Reduced total cost of ownership
• Best in class service
128
Overview
Ergonomic pipettes for all
routine and high-throughput
applications in manual,
electronic, single channel
and multichannel formats.
Liquidator 96 is a fast, easy
and convenient benchtop
pipetting system. Fast workflows using 96- and 384well plates.
Rainin inert BioClean tips
are among the cleanest
and most tested tips on the
market. A wide range of
BioClean tips available for
all pipetting applications.
Whether on site or in our
ISO 17025 accredited
labs, METTLER TOLEDO
delivers a service experience that is unparalleled
for quality and value.
Service
World Class Service
In lab or on site
BioClean Tips
BioClean™ Tips
Clean and inert
High Throughput
96-well Pipetting
Liquidator™ 96
Ergonomic Pipettes
Ergonomic Pipettes
Quality and performance
129
Pipet-Lite™ XLS+ Manual
Pipet-Lite™ XLS+
Performance You Can Trust
With the Rainin Pipet-Lite XLS+ family of pipettes, METTLER TOLEDO blends cutting-edge engineering and innovation to deliver highly reproducible results with
exceptional comfort.
XLS+ Single-Channel
Lighter and smoother
operation, new design
XLS+ Multichannel
Ideal for 96-well
plate work
XLS Adjustable Spacer
Fast format changes
between plates and tubes
Pipet-Lite XLS+ further reduces
plunger force and tip ejection
forces. Eleven models cover
­volume ranges from 0.1 µL
to 20 mL. LTS and traditional
­models. The RFID tag in every
XLS+ model promotes easy
­calibration management.
Pipet-Lite XLS+ multichannels
with lightweight liquid ends and
redesigned seals give perfect
sealing, consistent sample pickup on all channels and reproducible results. With volumes
from 1 to 1200 μL, in 8 or 12
channel formats, these multichannel pipettes exceed laboratory requirements.
Pipet-Lite XLS Adjustable Spacer
pipettes let you set nozzle spacing for 24- or 96-well plates
with just a twist: 9–19 mm on
6-channel and 9–14 mm on
8-channel models.
The liquid end rotates 360° for
quick alignment with the plate.
The Pipet-Lite XLS Spacers are
ideal for genomic, proteomic
and cell culture applications.
www.mt.com/pipettelitexls
130
Pipet-Lite XLS+ Pipettes
Cat. No.
L-2XLS+
L-10XLS+
L-20XLS+
L-100XLS+
L-200XLS+
L-300XLS+
L-1000XLS+
L-2000XLS+
L-5000XLS
L-10MLXLS
L-20MLXLS
L-STARTXLS
Pipet-Lite, Single-channel
0.1 – 2 µL
0.5 – 10 µL
2 – 20 µL
10 – 100 µL
20 – 200 µL
20 – 300 µL
100 – 1000 µL
200 – 2000 µL
500 – 5000 µL
1 – 10 ml
2 – 20 ml
Starter Kit*
Part No.
17014393
17014388
17014392
17014384
17014391
17014405
17014382
17014390
17011790
17011783
17011788
17014406
* Starter Kit: L-20XLS, L-200XLS, L-1000XLS and accessories
Cat. No.
8-Channel
L8-10XLS+
L8-20XLS+
L8-50XLS+
L8-200XLS+
L8-300XLS+
L8-1200XLS+
12-Channel
L12-10XLS+
L12-20XLS+
L12-50XLS+
L12-200XLS+
L12-300XLS+
L12-1200XLS+
Cat. No.
6-Channel
LA6-300XLS
LA6-1200XLS
8-Channel
LA8-50XLS
LA8-300XLS
LA8-1200XLS
Pipet-Lite, Multichannel
0.5 – 10 µL
2 – 20 µL
5 – 50 µL
20 – 200 µL
20 – 300 µL
100 – 1200 µL
Part No.
17013802
17013803
17013804
17013805
17013806
17014496
0.5 – 10 µL
2 – 20 µL
5 – 50 µL
20 – 200 µL
20 – 300 µL
100–1200 µL
17013807
17013808
17013809
17013810
17013811
17014497
Pipet-Lite, Adjustable Spacer
Part No.
20 – 300 µL
100 – 1200 µL
17011841
17011840
5 – 50 µL
20 – 300 µL
100 – 1200 µL
17011844
17011843
17011842
Cat. No.
HU-M3
HU-S3
CR-7
HU-A3
Accessories
Magnetic Hang-Ups with Magnet, set of 3
Shelf Hang-Ups without Magnet, 3 on a bracket
Carousel Stand for 7 pipettes with fingerhook
Adapter for Hang-Ups and Carousel Stand
for use with electronic and multichannel pipettes
Part No.
17003024
17004992
17001255
17006638
RFID Accessories
Cat. No.
RFID-KIT
Description
RFID Kit incl. RFID Reader and LabX Direct
Pipette-Scan Software
Part No.
17011966
RFID-RDR
LabX-Pipet
Rainin RFID Reader
LabX Direct Pipette-Scan Software
17011964
17011965
131
XLS+ Electronic Pipettes
E4™ XLS+ Electronic Pipette
Simple, Versatile and Secure
Configure the E4™ XLS+™ to be as simple or elaborate as your work requires.
Keep the functions you want, hide the ones you don’t, and password protect all,
some or none the E4’s modes and features.
Single-Channel
Simplicity without
compromise
Multichannel
Precision across
all channels
Adjustable Spacer
Quickly move samples
between different f­ormats
The Rainin E4® XLS+™ is
loaded with features, functionality and a revolutionary
approach to navigation that
redefines simplicity and control
in pipetting. The contoured
body, even balance and
Rainin’s legendary precision
and accuracy combine to an
extraordinary pipetting
experience.
The E4® XLS+™ multichannel
pipette is a perfect tool for
high-throughput work. Fast loading, lightweight, easy to handle
and precision and consistency
across all channels. Pipette
settings, protocols and service
alarms can be password protected for GLP/GMP compliance.
E4 XLS Spacers let you set nozzle spacing for 24- or 96-well
plates with just a twist:
9 – 19 mm on 6-channel and
9 – 14 mm on 8-channel
­models. The liquid end rotates
360° for quick alignment with
the plate. E4 XLS Spacers are
ideal for genomic, proteomic
and cell culture applications.
www.mt.com/e4-xlsplus
132
BASIC
AD
VA
NC
ED
ET
AR
TIT
MU
LT
I-D
IS
PE
NS
E
M
The E4 XLS+ carousel-like
menu makes switching
between features and
functions fast and easy.
AN
UA
L
ESREVE
Cat. No.
E4-10XLS+
E4-20XLS+
E4-100XLS+
E4-200XLS+
E4-300XLS+
E4-1000XLS+
E4-2000XLS+
E4-5000XLS
E4-10MLXLS
E4-20MLXLS
E4 XLS Single-Channel
0.1 – 2 µL
0.5 – 10 µL
2 – 20 µL
10 – 100 µL
20 – 200 µL
20 – 300 µL
100 – 1000 µL
500 – 5000 µL
1 – 10 ml
2 – 20 ml
Part No.
17014484
17014487
17014483
17014486
17014488
17014482
17014485
17012312
17012313
17012314
Cat. No.
8-Channel
E8-10XLS+
E8-20XLS+
E8-50XLS+
E8-200XLS+
E8-300XLS+
E8-1200XLS+
12-Channel
E12-10XLS+
E12-20XLS+
E12-50XLS+
E12-200XLS+
E12-300XLS+
E12-1200XLS+
E4 XLS Multichannel
Part No.
0.5 – 10 µL
2 – 20 µL
5 – 50 µL
20 – 200 µL
20 – 300 µL
100 – 1200 µL
17013792
17013793
17013794
17013795
17013796
17014498
0.5 – 10 µL
2 – 20 µL
5 – 50 µL
20 – 200 µL
20 – 300 µL
100 – 1200 µL
17013797
17013798
17013799
17013800
17013801
17014499
E4 XLS Adjustable Spacer
Part No.
20 – 300 µL
100 – 1200 µL
17012327
17012328
5 – 50 µL
20 – 300 µL
100 – 1200 µL
17012329
17012330
17012331
Cat. No.
6-Channel
EA6-300XLS
EA6-1200XLS
8-Channel
EA8-50XLS
EA8-300XLS
EA8-1200XLS
R
See the E4 XLS in action
Watch our video: www.mt.com/raininE4
Order our detailed product
family brochure 17700799
Cat. No.
E4-RCS
E4-WPS
E4-BATT
E4-USB
Accessories
Rapid Charging Stand
Wall Power Supply
Battery
USB Cable
Part No.
17012332
17012878
17012337
17012336
RFID Accessories
Cat. No.
RFID-KIT
RFID-RDR
LabX-Pipet
Description
RFID Kit incl. RFID Reader and LabX Direct
Pipette-Scan Software
Rainin RFID Reader
LabX Direct Pipette-Scan Software
Part No.
17011966
17011964
17011965
133
Benchtop 96-well Pipetting
20 µL and 200 µL Liquidator™ 96
Fast, Versatile Lab Assistants
METTLER TOLEDO has manufactured its 20 μL and 200 μL Rainin Liquidator™
96 for speed, accuracy and ease of use. Understanding how researchers work
and how high-throughput pipetting fits into a lab’s overall workflow, METTLER
TOLEDO’s Liquidator™ 96 delivers extraordinary accuracy and precision, with
exceptionally good ergonomics and requires virtually no training.
Simultaneous 96-well pipetting greatly simplifies micro-volume applications like ELISA, cellular
assays, qPCR and protein crystallization. With greater accuracy, precision and repeatability,
METTLER TOLEDO’s Rainin Liquidator™ 96 streamlines any application involving 96-well plates.
It is compact, requires no electricity and is available in two volume ranges – 0.5 to 20 μL and
5 to 200 μL. And because it is a manual device, Liquidator™ 96 is easy to use and requires
virtually no training.
Ergonomic
Liquidator 96 uses L­ iquidator
LTS tips to dramatically r­educe
tip mounting and ejection forces.
The whole hand operates the
control levers for reduced strain,
and two levers make it easy to
eject all 96 tips at once. Counterbalanced design for light
operation.
Saves Time
Faster than all other manual
­pipetting methods, including
­expensive 4- and 8-channel
­robots. Easily fills 96 wells in
less than 20 seconds. Perfect
when preparing master mixes
and for getting a PCR plate into
the thermal cycler fast.
96 to 384 Wells
Simple operation, no technician time or complicated program parameters to enter.
A 96-well plate can be loaded
in seconds and a 384-well
plate in just four passes.
www.mt.com/liq96
134
Cat. No.
LIQ-96-20
LIQ-96-200
”We process 20-40 PCR plates every day,
and Liquidator 96 reduces the risk of wrist
injury associated with repeated pipetting.
Faster processing means we can save as
much as $5,000 per year – Liquidator
is excellent for viscous lysates with clots
and for minimizing cross-contamination...”
Natalia Ivanova, Ph.D.
Lead DNA Scientist
Canadian Centre for DNA Barcoding
University of Guelph, Ontario
There is also a range of Low Retention
tips available for Liquidator 96.
Description
96-well Manual Benchtop Pipettor, 0.5 – 20 µL
96-well Manual Benchtop Pipettor, 5 – 200 µL
Part No.
17014207
17010335
Accessories (1 of each supplied with Liquidator)
LIQ-AP
Height adjustment post for 200 µL LIQ-96
LIQ-AP-20
Height adjustment post for 20 µL LIQ-96
LIQ-384PA
384-well adapter plate stage
LIQ-TRAY
Deep-well 8-section reservoir
LIQ-MAG1
24-post Magnetic bead separator, for 96 wells
LIQ-MAG2
96-post magnetic bead separator for 384 wells
17010396
17014270
17010394
17010582
17011288
17011289
Liquidator LTS Tips
LQR-20
LQR-20S
LQR-20F
LQR-200
LQR-200S
LQR-200F
LQS-20
LQS-20S
LQS-200
LQS-200S
17011185
17011186
17011117
17010645
17010647
17010646
17011187
17011287
17010648
17010649
Liquidator LTS tips 20 µL
Liquidator LTS tips. pre-sterilized 20 µL
Liquidator LTS tips, aerosol-resistant 20 µL
Liquidator LTS tips 200 µL
Liquidator LTS tips. pre-sterilized 200 µL
Liquidator LTS tips, aerosol-resistant 200 µL
Liquidator LTS tips 20 µL
Liquidator LTS tips. pre-sterilized 20 µL
Liquidator LTS tips 200 µL
Liquidator LTS tips. pre-sterilized 200 µL
Liquidator Reservoirs, Blocks, Strips, Caps, Holder
LR-R1-PB-5
Low profile, pyramidal bottoms, 5-pack
LR-R1-PB-5-S
Sterile low profile, pyramidal bottoms, 5-ind. wrap
LR-R2-PB-5
Full profile, pyramidal bottoms, 5-pack
LR-R2-PB-5-S
Sterile full profile, pyramidal bottoms, 5-ind. wrap
LR-R1-8V-5
Low profile, 8-channel V-bottoms, 5-pack
LR-R1-8V-5-S
Sterile low profile, 8-channel V-bottoms, 5-ind. wrap.
LR-R2-8V-5
Full profile, 8-channel V-bottoms, 5-pack
LR-R2-8V-5-S
Sterile full profile, 8-channel V-bottoms, 5-ind. wrap.
LR-R1-12V-5
Low profile, 12-channel V-bottoms, 5-pack
LR-R1-12V-5-S
Sterile low profile, 12-channel V-bottoms, 5-ind. wrap.
LR-R2-12V-5
Full profile, 12-channel V-bottoms, 5-pack
LR-R2-12V-5-S
Sterile full profile, 8-channel V-bottoms, 5-ind. wrap.
LR-P2-96P-5
2.2 mL 96-deepwell block, 5-pack
LR-P2-96P-5-S
Sterile 2.2 mL 96-deepwell block, 5-ind. wrap
LR-P2-96-M-5
Silicone seal fits 96-deepwell block, 5-pack
LR-P2-96-M-5-S
Sterile silicone seal fits 96-deepwell block, 5-ind. wrap
LR-T-96-5
1.2 mL racked microtube strips (8x12) 5-pack
LR-T-96-5-S
Sterile 1.2 mL racked microtube strips (8x12) 5-pack
LR-T-CS8
Microtube strip caps (8) Box of 300
LR-T-CS8-S
Sterile microtube strip caps (8) 25 bags/12 strips ea.
LIQ-96-ADP
Aluminum 96-well PCR plate holder
17012602
17012603
17012604
17012605
17012606
17012607
17012608
17012609
17012612
17012613
17012610
17012611
17012623
17012624
17012625
17012626
17012627
17012628
17012629
17012630
17012767
135
Ergonomic LTS LiteTouch System
The LTS™ LiteTouch™ System
Because Pipetting Should not Hurt
Not only is pipetting a forceful activity – it is repetitive, and minor stresses
caused by strain and overuse accumulate over time and can develop into injuries.
The ergonomic aspects of pipetting are easily overlooked, particularly among younger and
less-experienced users. However, loading and ejecting tips, and aspirating and dispensing
liquids – over and over and over – exerts considerable force on your thumb, hand and
arm. The injurious effects of those forces accumulate over time, which is why your risk of
developing a repetitive strain injury (RSI) increases throughout your career.
How often have you spent hours in the laboratory, pipetting more samples than you care
to count, only to find your hand sore or wrist aching? Pipettes are integral to many laboratory
workflows, so it makes sense to pay close attention to their design and features, which
significantly affect your performance and the level of strain they put on your hands and arms.
In addition to good accuracy and precision, a pipette’s ergonomic features are essential
if you want to minimize fatigue and your risk of developing a RSI. No aspect of pipetting exerts
more force on a user’s hand than tip ejection, which is why the Rainin LTS™ LiteTouch™ tip
ejection system by METTLER TOLEDO is so unique. LTS reduces tip ejection force by up to 80%
and is available on all Rainin XLS+ single and multichannel pipettes.
Small sealing ring
significantly reduces friction
Positive stop
prevents jamming
136
Rainin LTS Tips are BioClean™ for Optimal Performance
Like all Rainin tips, LTS tips meet METTLER TOLEDO’s rigorous BioClean standards. Made from virgin
polypropylene with absolutely no bioactive components, and manufactured in Class 100,000 clean room
conditions to eliminate the possibility of external contaminants (DNA, DNase, RNase, ATP, Pyrogens or PCR
Inhibitors), high-quality BioClean LTS tips are guaranteed to be completely inert and free from contamination,
so they won’t influence experimental outcome in any way.
Exceptional Design
Their precision design and
engineering, exacting standards
and automated production result
in flawless tips that are pliable
and will never crack.
Robotic Production
Automating our Class 100,000
clean room tip manufacturing
facility has eliminated human
contact during manufacturing
and packaging.
BioClean Quality
Strict quality testing assures
absolute cleanliness and
purity; each tip lot is rigorously
tested and certified to be free
of contamination.
137
TerraRack Tips
TerraRack Tips
The Most Eco-Friendly Rack Around
TerraRack is a revolutionary new concept in tip racks. Sturdy as
conventional racks, yet made with less than half the plastic and
completely recyclable. In fact, the hinged TerraRack shell is made
from PETE, which is easily recycled.
For convenience and complete cleanliness, TerraRacks with BioClean tips come
pre-sterilized, eliminating the need to autoclave.
Less Waste
With 50% less plastic than conventional racks, TerraRacks are
also extremely compressible, so
rack used occupy significantly
less space in a waste or storage
container.
100% Recyclable
In addition to being completely
recyclable, much of each
TerraRack is composed of PETE,
which is easily recycled and
aggressively recovered from the
plastic waste stream.
Sterile
TerraRacks are pre-sterilized.
Unlike refill systems, where
there is a potential for placing
clean tips into a contaminated
rack, with TerraRack you can be
certain that you’re working with
a fresh, clean rack every time.
www.mt.com/terrarack
138
TerraRack Tips
TerraRack LTS™ Tips for RAININ LTS™ Pipettes
Cat. No.
Description
TerraRack LTS tips in PETE TerraRack with hinged lid
TR-L10S
960 LTS tips in 10 racks, presterilized
TR-L10F
960 LTS tips in 10 racks, presterilized, filter
TR-L250S
960 LTS tips in 10 racks, presterilized
TR-L250F
960 LTS tips in 10 racks, presterilized, filter
TR-L300S
768 LTS tips in 8 rack, presterilized
TR-L300F
768 LTS tips in 8 rack, presterilized, filter
TR-L1000S
768 LTS tips in 8 rack, presterilized
TR-L1000F
768 LTS tips in 8 rack, presterilized, filter
TR-L1200S
768 LTS tips in 8 rack, presterilized
TR-L1200F
768 LTS tips in 8 rack, presterilized, filter
Max Capacity
Item
20 µL
20 µL
200 µL
200 µL
300 µL
300 µL
1000 µL
1000 µL
1200 µL
1200 µL
17014960
17014961
17014962
17014963
17014964
17014965
17014966
17014967
17014968
17014969
TerraRack Universal Tips for Rainin, Pipetman® and Other Manufacturer’s Pipettes
TerraRack universal-fit tips in PETE TerraRack with hinged lid
TR-10S
960 tips in 10 racks, presterilized
TR-10F
960 tips in 10 racks, presterilized, filter
TR-10GS
960 tips in 10 racks, presterilized, ShaftGard
TR-10GF
960 tips in 10 racks, presterilized, ShaftGard, filter
TR-20F
960 tips in 10 racks, presterilized, filter
TR-100F
960 tips in 10 racks, presterilized, filter
TR-200F
960 tips in 10 racks, presterilized, filter
TR-250S
960 tips in 10 racks, presterilized
TR-300S
768 tips in 8 rack, presterilized
TR-300F
768 tips in 8 rack, presterilized, filter
TR-1000S
768 tips in 8 rack, presterilized
TR-1000F
768 tips in 8 rack, presterilized, filter
10 µL
10 µL
10 µL
10 µL
20 µL
100 µL
200 µL
250 µL
300 µL
300 µL
1000 µL
1000 µL
17014970
17014971
17014972
17014973
17014974
17014975
17014976
17014977
17014978
17014979
17014980
17014981
Accessories for TerraRack
TerraBase accessory for TerraRack
TR-SB
TerraBase Short, 1 base to fit 10 – 300 µL TerraRack
TR-TB
TerraBase Short, 1 base to fit 1000 / 1200 µL TerraRack 1
17014982
17014983
TerraRacks are surprisingly sturdy, but for added stability, the TerraBase accessory is a great option.
Available in two sizes, short and tall, TerraBase is made from polycarbonate, which is autoclavable
and chemical resistant, has silicone feet and will give years of service. For both LTS and universal.
139
BioClean™ Tips
BioClean™ Tips in Green Packaging
Reducing Waste at the Source
Many labs today are concerned with reducing the environmental impact of
plastic waste. Rainin has long been a pioneer in addressing these concerns
through innovative package designs for tip-rack refilling to reduce plastic
waste at the source.
85%
less waste
Sleeve made from recycled water bottles,
racks from recycled polypropylene
Waste from 10 Racks
from SpaceSaver
Green-Pak™ SpaceSaver™
Stacked Refills – 85% less waste
Green-Pak
Individual Refills – 75% less waste
BioClean tips in SpaceSaver refills
are protected from contamination
by the sleeve, a rack and a lid.
SpaceSaver uses only 35% of the
bench space used by 10 racks.
The outer shell is made of recycled
water bottles and the racks from
waste tip material. Available standard or presterilized.
Green-Pak refills are completely
sealed, eliminating contamination. Filter and presterilized tips
are irradiated and certified free of
DNase, RNase, DNA, pyrogens
and ATP. Fast, trouble-free loading.
Available standard, presterilized or
presterilized with aerosol-resistant
filter tips.
www.mt.com/rainin-tips
140
BioClean™ Tips
LTS Tips for Rainin LTS Pipette
Description
Cat. No.
Green-Pak SpaceSaver: Stacked Tip Rack Refills
960 LTS tips in 10 racks, presterilized, filter
GPS-L10
960 LTS tips in 10 racks, presterilized
GPS-L10S
960 LTS tips in 10 racks, presterilized, filter
GPS-L250
768 LTS tips in 8 rack, presterilized
GPS-L250S
768 LTS tips in 8 rack, presterilized, filter
GPS-L300
768 LTS tips in 8 rack, presterilized
GPS-L300S
768 LTS tips in 8 rack, presterilized, filter
GPS-L1000
768 LTS tips in 8 rack, presterilized
GPS-L1000S
Max Capacity
Item
20 µL
20 µL
200 µL
200 µL
300 µL
300 µL
1000 µL
1000 µL
17005091
17005090
17005093
17005092
17005095
17005094
17005089
17005088
20 µL
20 µL
20 µL
200 µL
200 µL
200 µL
1000 µL
1000 µL
1000 µL
17002424
17002430
17002429
17002425
17002431
17002428
17002423
17002427
17002426
17001865
17001863
17001864
Removable Cover-Rack Tips
960 LTS tips in 10 racks
RT-L10
960 LTS tips in 10 racks, presterilized
RT-L10S
960 LTS tips in 10 racks, presterilized, filter
RT-L10F
960 LTS tips in 10 racks, presterilized, filter
RT-L200F
960 LTS tips in 10 racks
RT-L250
960 LTS tips in 10 racks, presterilized
RT-L250S
960 LTS Wide-orifice tips in 10 racks
RT-L250W
960 LTS Wide-orifice tips in 10 racks, presterilized
RT-L250WS
768 LTS tips in 8 racks
RT-L300
768 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized
RT-L300S
768 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized, filter
RT-L300F
768 LTS tips in 8 racks
RT-L1000
768 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized
RT-L1000S
768 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized, filter
RT-L1000F
768 LTS Wide-orifice tips in 8 racks
RT-L1000W
768 LTS Wide-orifice tips in 8 racks, presterilized
RT-L1000WS
768 LTS tips in 8 racks
RT-L1200
768 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized
RT-L1200S
768 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized, filter
RT-L1200F
480 LTS tips in 8 racks
RT-L2000
480 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized
RT-L2000S
480 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized, filter
RT-L2000F
192 LTS tips in 8 racks
RT-L5000
192 LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized
RT-L5000S
20 µL
20 µL
20 µL
200 µL
200 µL
200 µL
200 µL
200 µL
300 µL
300 µL
300 µL
1000 µL
1000 µL
1000 µL
1000 µL
1000 µL
1200 µL
1200 µL
1200 µL
2000 µL
2000 µL
2000 µL
5000 µL
5000 µL
17002930
17002929
17002928
17002927
17002932
17002931
17007102
17007101
17002935
17002934
17002933
17002922
17002921
17002920
17007100
17007099
17006421
17006420
17006419
17002926
17002924
17002923
17002937
17002936
Low retention tips in removable-cover RT-racks
960 Low retention LTS tips in 10 racks
RT-L10LR
960 Low retention LTS tips in 10 racks, presterilized
RT-L10SLR
960 Low retention LTS tips in 10 racks, presterilized, filter
RT-L10FLR
960 Low retention LTS tips in 10 racks, presterilized, filter
RT-L200FLR
960 Low retention LTS tips in 10 racks
RT-L250LR
960 LTS tips in 10 racks, presterilized
RT-L250SLR
768 Low retention LTS tips in 8 racks
RT-L1000LR
768 Low retention LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized
RT-L1000SLR
768 Low retention LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized, filter
RT-L1000FLR
768 Low retention LTS tips in 8 racks
RT-L1200LR
768 Low retention LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized
RT-L1200SLR
768 Low retention LTS tips in 8 racks, presterilized, filter
RT-L1200FLR
20 µL
20 µL
20 µL
200 µL
200 µL
200 µL
1000 µL
1000 µL
1000 µL
1200 µL
1200 µL
1200 µL
17007955
17007956
17007957
17007961
17007959
17007960
17007952
17007953
17007954
17008026
17008027
17008028
Low retention tips in Green-Pak SpaceSaver stacked refills for RT-racks
960 Low retention LTS tips in 10 refills
GPS-L10LR
960 Low retention LTS tips in 10 refills, presterilized
GPS-L10SLR
960 Low retention LTS tips in 10 refills
GPS-L250LR
960 Low retention LTS tips in 10 refills, presterilized
GPS-L250SLR
768 Low retention LTS tips in 8 refills
GPS-L1000LR
768 Low retention LTS tips in 8 refills, presterilized
GPS-L1000SLR
20 µL
20 µL
200 µL
200 µL
1000 µL
1000 µL
17014307
17014335
17014336
17014337
17014338
17014339
Green-Pak SpaceSaver: Stacked Tip Rack Refills
960 LTS tips in 10 refills
GP-L10
960 LTS tips in 10 refills, presterilized
GP-L10S
960 LTS tips in 10 refills, presterilized, filter
GP-L10F
960 LTS tips in 10 refills
GP-L250
960 LTS tips in 10 refills, presterilized
GP-L250S
960 LTS tips in 10 refills, presterilized, filter
GP-L200F
768 LTS tips in 8 refills
GP-L1000
768 LTS tips in 8 refills, presterilized
GP-L1000S
768 LTS tips in 8 refills, presterilized, filter
GP-L1000F
Empty racks for 20 µL tips, red, pkg of 10
GPR-L10
Empty racks for 200/250 µL tips green, pkg of 10
GPR-L250
Empty racks for 1 mL tips, blue, pkg of 8
GPR-L1000
Complete ordering information for Rainin LTS and traditional conical tips is available online at www.mt.com/rainin.
141
Service
Pipette Service by the Experts
Optimize Your Pipette’s Performance
METTLER TOLEDO has the world’s most extensive network of ISO/IEC
17025 accredited pipette calibration laboratories. In order to deliver the
best service to you, we have optimized every aspect of our service from
controlled laboratory environments and manufacturer authorized spare
parts to certified pipette technicians and specialized calibration software.
Uptime
Performance
Compliance
Expertise
Original parts ensure
top performance
Only rely on well
maintained pipettes
Certified results you
can always trust
For accuracy
and precision
Regularly scheduled
calibration and preventive maintenance
ensure top performance
and reduce downtime
caused by out-of-specification pipettes.
Our software system,
processes and reports
meet or exceed your
needs for regulatory
compliance.
Pipette performance
greatly relies on the
integrity of its components.
This is why we maintain an extensive inventory of manufacturer
authorized spare parts
for all major brands
and types of pipettes.
142
Our network of ISO
17025 accredited labs
is equipped to maintain your pipettes in
peak condition.
It supports every step of
the calibration process
and assures full traceability of data according
to ISO 8655 and FDA
21 CFR part 11.
With over 40 years of
experience, we have
the expertise to deliver
the quality you expect.
Extensively trained service technicians calibrating your pipettes
in environmentally
controlled calibration
labs, assure highest
accuracy and precision
documented in professional certificates.
Service
All pipettes entering calibration receive these
­valuable services:
Inspection
Visual inspection and
functional check
Cleaning
Internal and external components
Sealing
Visual check and
pressurized leak test
Parts
Replacement of seals, o-rings,
shafts and pistons
Repair
Use of original manufacturer
parts only
Calibration
Gravimetric, based on your
regulatory needs
Documentation
Calibration certificates,
calibration labels
Improve your data quality with GPP – the Good
Pipetting Practice (GPP), our comprehensive,
systematic approach to maximizing pipetting accuracy
and repeatability.
Schedule a GPP Seminar with our GPP experts that
train you and your team right in your lab.
Learn more about GPP
www.mt.com/gpp
143
Mikrowaagen
144
UV/VIS Excellence Spectrophotometers
UV/VIS Accessories
Page
146 – 148
149
UV/VIS Spectroscopy
If time and space matter
145
UV/VIS Excellence Spectrophotometers
FastTrack™ UV/VIS Spectroscopy
Speed Up Your Measurements
The UV/VIS Excellence line provides fast and reliable measurements on a very
compact footprint thanks to FastTrack™ technology. Intuitive One Click™
operation and pre-defined applications speed up the spectroscopic workflow.
146
Fast Measurements
FastTrack UV/VIS technology
comprises modern fiber optics in
combination with array detection
and Xenon flash lamp for analyses within seconds. The instrument is always ready for use, no
time for warm-up is wasted.
Excellent Accuracy
FastTrack UV/VIS technology
makes the instrument’s specifications compliant with strict
Pharmacopeia regulations; stray
light and accuracy requirements
are even exceeded.
Clean Up Your Lab Bench
UV/VIS Excellence spectrophotomers fit within a Notepad
footprint. The instruments can
be operated as standalone and
do not require the use of a connected PC, thus saving ample
bench-top space.
Ready-to-use Applications
Spectrum scans, fixed wavelength measurements, quantification with calibration or kinetic
analyses are ready to use as direct measurements: Simply enter
parameters, store it as a shortcut and start it with One Click.
Sustainable Performance
Absence of moving parts, longlasting Xenon flash lamp, and
state-of-the art optical fibers
provide ruggedness and reliability. Maintenance costs are
reduced and performance remains sustainable.
Secure measurement quality
GUVP provides comprehensive
services that include: installation, operational qualification,
performance qualification recommendation, defined maintenance
qualification with calibration, and
LabX software validation. GUVP
covers the entire life cycle of the
instrument, improving quality
while reducing risks and costs.
UV/VIS Excellence Spectrophotometers
UV5 - the Entry to Excellence
Spectrum scans within one second, instant instrument readiness, pre-defined
direct measurement types and intuitive
One Click touchscreen operation optimize UV/VIS measurement workflows in
quality control.
UV7 - the Excellence Performer
Superior optical performance compliant
with strict Pharmacopeia regulations,
advanced automation routines and
pre-verified METTLER TOLEDO methods
are ideal conditions for reliable
measurements in regulated industries.
Please order our brochure
UV/VIS Excellence
www.mt.com/UV-VIS
Comparison Table UV/VIS Excellence Line
Order number
FastTrack™ technology
LockPath™ technology
Optical performance
One Click™ UV/VIS
spectroscopy
Automation
Applications & Methods
PC software
Languages
Connectivity
Pulsed Xenon flash lamp, CCD array detector
Automatic pathlength adjustment
Wavelength range [nm]
Wavelength resolution (toluene in hexane abs.)
Wavelength accuracy (holmium oxide) [nm]
Photometric accuracy (potassium dichromate) [A]
Stray light at 198 nm (potassium chloride) [A]
Shortcuts per user
UV5
UV7
UV5Bio
UV5/UV5 A
•
30254726
•
30254728
•
UV5Nano
12
12
12
12
•
•
•
4
•
•
•
•
•
30254729
•
•
190 – 1100 190 – 1100 190 – 1100 190 – 1100
>1.5
>1.9
>1.5
>1.7
+/− 1.0
+/− 0.8
+/− 1.0
+/− 1.0
+/− 0.01
+/− 0.01
+/− 0.01
+/− 0.01
>2
>2
>2
>1.7
Peristaltic pump FillPalMini
•
•
CuvetteChanger
•
•
•
•
Automatic performance verification CertiRef™
Direct measurements types
3
4
METTLER TOLEDO methods
•
Method editor
•
•
Bio direct measurement applications
Kinetics
•
Micro-volume direct measurement applications
•
•
LabX® UV/VIS software
English/German/French/Spanish/Italian/Chinese/Russian/Portuguese
USB memory stick storage (reports (pdf), data (csv), methods)
•
•
USB devices (bar code reader, compact printer, finger print reader)
•
•
Ethernet (PC, network printer (HP PCL 3, Epson protocol), reports
•
•
(pdf), data (csv))
3
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
UV5: 30254725 (UV5 unit with 1 cm precision cuvette holder)
UV5 A: 30254727 (UV5 unit with CuvetteChanger)
147
UV/VIS Excellence Spectrophotometers
UV/VIS Spectroscopy
Designed for Life Sciences
The UV5Bio and UV5Nano Excellence instruments optimize spectroscopic workflows in life
sciences - FastTrack™ technology enables speedy and reliable measurements and LockPath™
technology ensures accurate micro-volume measurements.
UV5Bio - the Bio Expert
UV5Nano - the Micro Master
The ideal instrument for Life Science UV/VIS applications based on cuvette measurement. Pre-defined,
Biotech and Biopharma direct measurement applications and METTLER TOLEDO methods are available for immediate use.
Save precious sample, measure high absorption
samples in wide concentration ranges reliable on
the micro-volume platform - only 1 µL of pure sample is required. The additional cuvette measurement
possibility doubles the application power in biotech
and biopharma. LockPath technology ensures exact and repeatable pathlength adjustment. No need
for sample dilution, just pipette and measure!
LabX UV/VIS PC Software
LabX® UV/VIS PC software expands the instrument with
a comprehensive graphical editor for spectra evaluation,
advanced automation possibilities, as well as enhanced
data analysis and management possibilities fully compliant
with 21 CFR part 11/EU annex 11. Beyond this LabX fosters
seamless UV/VIS instrument integration into a METTLER
TOLEDO based instrument network.
148
UV/VIS Accessories
Automatic Cuvette Changing
Automatic Performance Check
Automatic Sampling
Efficient automatic measurement
of series of up to 8 cuvettes for
both standard measurements
with blank subtraction or complex kinetic applications, thermostatable from 10 to 80°C.
The fully automatic CertiRef™
performs all tests required to
comply with Pharmacopeia
(EP or USP) regulations. Certified reference materials traceable to NIST are used and a
report documents all results.
Sample loading is easily automated with the FillPalMini, which
pumps the sample safely and
quickly into the flow cuvette. It
can also be used for sample recovery and cleaning the cuvette.
Smart UV/VIS Accessories
Product
Cuvettes and holders
Macro-cuvette, 10 mm pathlength
Macro-cuvette, 50 mm pathlength
Macro-cuvette, 10 mm pathlength
Macro-cuvette, 50 mm pathlength
Micro cuvette, 10 mm pathlength, 700 µL vol
Flow cell, 10 mm pathlength, 440 µL vol
1 cm precision cuvette holder
Base holder plate
Long pathlength cell holder
Solid sample holder
Cuvette changer
Cuvette changer
Pump
Peristaltic pump FillPal Mini
Data input, user identification
Barcode reader
LogStraight™ fingerprint reader
Automated performance verification
CertiRef™ EP
CertiRef™ USP
Specifications
Order number
Optical glass, 320 nm – 2500 nm, PTFE lid
Optical glass, 320 nm – 2500 nm, PTFE lid
SUPRASIL quartz glass, 200 – 2500 nm, PTFE lid
SUPRASIL quartz glass, 200 – 2500 nm, PTFE lid
SUPRASIL quartz glass, 200 – 2500 nm, PTFE lid
Quartz glass, 170 – 2700 nm, M6 connectors
Enables mounting of 1 cm standard cuvettes, included in standard delivery of UV5, UV5Bio, UV7
Plate required to mount long pathlength cell holder and solid sample holder
Enables mounting of cuvettes with path lengths ranging from 10 – 50 mm
Enables measuring of solid sample films
30258736
30258737
30258738
30258739
30258740
30258741
30236314
30236315
30254738
30258692
8x10 mm cuvette positions, thermostatable
30236313
4 rolls peristaltic pump, SANTOPRENE peristaltic pump tube, 2.06 mm inner diameter (set of x),
includes tube set to connect to flow cell, can be operated in 2 pump directions at varying pump
speeds
30254735
Handheld, USB connection
Biometric user identification, USB connection
21901297
51192107
Includes 7 certified reference substance solutions and respective blank solvents sealed in mini cuvettes
to perform automatic calibrations according to the EP 8.0 regulation (for UV5, UV7, UV5Bio)
30254732
Includes 7 certified reference substance solutions and respective blank solvents sealed in mini cuvettes
to perform automatic calibrations according to the USP 39 regulation (for UV5, UV7, UV5Bio)
30254733
149
Titration
The right titration system for every application
Overview
Titration Excellence
Automation
Compact Titrators
Sodium Analyzer
Karl Fischer Titrators
LabX® Titration
EasyPlus™ Titrators
Services for Titrators
Accessories
152
154
158
162
164
166
168
172
Page
– 153
– 157
– 159
160
161
– 163
– 165
– 167
– 171
– 177
151
Overview
Titration Systems
Select the Right One
One Click® Titration
Excellence Line
Millions of titration analyses are
performed every day. Using an
automatic titrator precision and reliability in the research and quality
control laboratories are significantly
improved. METTLER TOLEDO offers
a wide range of titrators and accessories and assists you with a deep
knowledge about the hundreds of
different titration applications.
The modular Titration
Excellence line provides
efficient and secure
performance for all titration
analysis purposes in a
large variety of industry
segments.
Excellence Line
Concentration Determination
with Highest Precision and
Productivity.
152
Overview
Our wide range of sample
changers and accessories
allow for complete
automation of sample
preparation, titration,
cleaning and more.
The simple and secure operation of the One Click® Compact Line, including potentiometric titrators as well s
volumetric and coulometric
Karl Fischer titrators, ensures
accurate results in a small,
space-saving footprint!
The new LabX Titration
software to control and
manage titration systems is
open for other instruments
of the LabX platform.
Simple and affordable
entry level titrators for
basic potentiometric
and volumetric Karl
Fischer applications.
Easy Plus™
EasyPlus™
Entry Level Titrators
LabX® Titration Software
Power Your Titration Bench
with LabX®
Compact Line
One Click® Titration
Compact Line
Automation
Automation
Flexible and Efficient
153
Titration Excellence
One Click® Titration
Efficient, Secure, Modular
One Click® titration means a milestone in solutions for simple, efficient and secure
titration. The Titration Excellence models T5, T7, and T9 provide intuitive and easy
operation, maximize efficiency in daily tasks and eliminate potential operator
errors. All models combine more than 500 general titration applications, including
volumetric and coulometric Karl Fischer titration. Titration Excellence offers the
unlimited application power with simplest operation using minimum bench space.
154
Efficient
Secure
Modular
Up to 24 user-defined shortcuts
can be set up on the Homescreen for the start of a manual
or automated task with just
one keystroke. Sophisticated
Plug&Play make sensors, burettes, burette drives, sample
changers, balances etc. immediately ready for use on
connection. Errors in the installation are a thing of the past.
Both the titrant and the sensor
are automatically detected upon
connection to the titrator and all
applicable data are saved on
the burette or sensor chip. These
data is directly transferred to the
titrator, where they can be saved
and monitored. Plug&Play – safe
and secure titration couldn’t get
any simpler.
The modular platform of the
Titration Excellence line guarantees that you are optimally
prepared for future challenges.
Your investment is protected
by the possibility for a tailored
upgrade of hardware and software at any time you want.
Titration Excellence
The intuitive user guidance of the brilliant color touchscreen makes the operation very simple. Save up to
24 method or manual operation shortcuts, that can
be started with One Click®. Plug in a USB stick for
easy downloading of pdf reports in few seconds.
Thanks to the StatusLight™ on the touchscreen and on the
titrator you can see at a glance if your system is working fine.
The acoustic signals advise you if the titrator has completed
the analysis, needs some resources or if it’s just waiting
for your confirmation: stay in contact with your titrator!
Order our detailed product brochure
155
Titration Excellence
One Click® Titration
Efficient, Secure, Modular
T5
Convenient and Powerful
T7
Flexible and Expandable
T9
Intelligent and Versatile
The ready-to-go-system capable of
general potentiometric titration, as
well as volumetric and coulometric
Karl F­ ischer titration, for users who
need a simple, r­ugged and easilyunderstandable titrator for performing routine analyses quickly and
efficiently. The T5 model offers
some top-of-the line features
such as SmartSample™, an errorfree data transfer of your sample
information from the balance to
the titrator, and StatusLightTM to
check the status of your titrator in
a fast, simple and intuitive way.
The titrator for any application
including multi­tasking, flexible
method editing, upgradeability (additional pH-sensor or conductivity
board or T90 functionality) and
method loops for the integration
of v­ arious methods into one as
well as Sample Series Sequences.
A flexible and expandable system which is easily adaptable
to current and future needs.
The high-end titrator that runs two
titrations in parallel including conditional method functions (“if …
then” logical conditions to decide
how the analysis shall proceed)
and Sample Series Sequences to
integrate sample series of various
methods into one. A titrator providing highest flexibility in method
development to solve complex
analyses and automation tasks.
www.mt.com/titration
156
Titration Excellence
Feature Comparison Table Titration Excellence Line
One Click® Titration
Hot Plug&Play
Security
Automation
Burette drives
Methods and series
T5
T7
T9
User specific Homescreen with Shortcuts
Shortcuts per user
KF Solvent Control
Plug & Play sensor recognition
Burette recognition with titrant and titer
Burette drive
Solvent Manager
USB printer
Memory stick
USB barcode reader
LevelSens
LogStraight Fingerprint Reader
InMotion™ Autosamplers
Liquid Handler
Rondolino automated titration stand
Stromboli KF oven sample changer
Max. number to dose and titrate
•
24
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
–
•
–
1 (Internal)
+ 1 external
•
24
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1
•
•
1 (Internal)
+ 3 external
•
24
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
2
•
•
1 (Internal)
+ 7 external
Max. number to dose only
Learn titration
Karl Fischer Methods Volumetric
+2 External
•
–
•
–
•
V20S equivalent
methods
•
•
C20S equivalent
methods
•
•
•
–
•
•
15
1
–
–
–
–
300
•
•
•
•
60
3
•
–
–
10
300
•
•
•
•
150
6
•
•
•
10
300
>60
>70
(incl. KF methods)
>70
(incl. KF methods)
100
10
–
•
•
100
10
7
•
•
100
30
8
•
•
–
–
•
–
to T9
–
•
•
•
Karl Fischer Methods Coulometric
Bromine index determination
Accompanying stating
Standard addition
Manual RFID
Number of method functions per method
Number of loops per method
Continuous run
If... then conditions
Result buffer
Series sequences
Number of samples per series
Predefinied METTLER TOLEDO Methods
Task list
Max. number of methods1
Number of tasks
Number of tasks running in parallel
LabX® Smartcodes™
Online Help
Parallel titration including KF
Expandable
Status light and event
sounds
Data Export / Printing
Sensor Boards
Sensor Inputs
PC software
Homogenizer
Languages
Part Number
•
•
1
2/12
Potentiometric
2
4/22
Polarized
1
2/12
Reference
1
2/12
PT1000
1
2/12
2
Conductivity
1/0
2/02
LabX® Titration connectivity: Express / Server
•
•
–
RS / TTL
English, German, French, Spanish, Italian, Chinese, Russian, Polish, Korean, Portuguese
30252672*
30252675*
•
3/12
6/22
3/12
3/12
3/12
3/02
•
RS / TTL
30252676*
) Unlimited with T5, T7 and T9 titrators when connected with LabX® Titration Software
) 4/2 means for example: maximum number of inputs is 4, 2 are already available in standard delivery
*)
- T5 including Terminal, 10 mL PnP burette and manual titration stand kit
- T7 including Terminal
- T9 including Terminal
1
2
157
Automation
Complete Automation
for Titration Processes
Automation is more than sample throughput. From the simple to use
Rondolino to our high throughput InMotion™ Autosamplers, we have
a solution for you. More than going from sample to sample, our wide
range of accessories can fully automate sampling, identification,
temperature controls and much more.
Automation Solutions
Need
Temperature Control
Liquid Sampling/Pipetting
Reading Sample IDs
Reagent and Waste Control
Protection
Cleaning
Connectivity
Solution
Water Bath racks and DH100
InMotion Aliquot Kit, Liquid Handler and TV6 valve
Barcode reader and SmartSample™ weighing
Solvent Manager, peristaltic and diaphragm pumps
CoverUp™ Lid Handling and LevelSens
PowerShower™ cleaning system and Line Rinse
LED Status Indicators on towers
Productive Throughput
From the simple to use 9 sample
Rondolino up to over 300 samples with the InMotion Max 25 mL
system, maximize your productivity with minimal bench space.
Stack magnetic pumps vertically
for further space reduction.
158
Tailored Workflows
Advanced programming allows
for complex and thorough cleaning, rinsing, and conditioning
steps. Automatically pipette and
transfer samples with the Liquid
Handler and TV6 sampling valve.
For Your Samples
Protect your samples and/or
operators with the CoverUp Lid
Handling systems and control
the temperature of the entire rack
of samples with the Water Bath
racks. Integrate a barcode reader
or SmartSample RFID technology
for automatic sample identification.
Automation
Put Your Lab InMotion™
Flexible and Efficient Autosamplers
InMotion Bases
Base Type
Part Number
Flex
30094121
Pro
30094122
Max
30094123
Corresponding InMotion Rack Kits
Number
Beaker
Part Number
of Samples Size (mL)
50
25
30094124
27
80
30094125
18
100
30094126
15
180
30094127
11
250
30094128
182
25
30094129
69
80
30094130
34
100
30094131
23
180
30094132
303
25
30094134
113
80
30094135
55
100
30094136
43
180
30094137
24
250
30094138
InMotion Complete Autosampler
InMotion Flex Base and 100 mL Rack Kit
InMotion Flex Base and 80 mL Rack Kit
30094120
30276336
Temperature Control Water Bath Rack Kits
Flex 18 samples, 100 mL
Pro 61 samples, 80 mL
Pro 29 samples, 100 mL
30094139
30094140
30094141
Rondolino
Automatic titration stand for 9 samples
51108500
Excellence Titrator T5 Rondolino
T5 with Rondolino
30252674
Compact Titrator G20S Rondolino
G20S with Rondolino
30252671
Liquid Handler
Automatic dosing and pipetting device
51371500
Flex, Max and Pro 100 mL racks
Order our detailed product brochure
159
Compact Titrators
The Intelligent Helper
for Simple Titrations
The Compact Titrators G10S and G20S are especially
designed for basic routine applications and operation
is as simple as possible.
It’s All in the Push of a Button
Compact Automation
Data Storage in PC Software
The large, color touchscreen with
the One Click® user interface is
easy to understand and you’ll be
able to familiarize yourself with the
screen in no time at all. Each user
has an individual Homescreen with
customized language selection and
shortcut keys, which enable routine
procedures to be executed with just
one push of a button.
The automatic Rondolino titration stand is simple to install
and uses minimal bench
space. Series of up to 9 samples are processed quickly and
safely. Dip-rinsing after each
analysis ensures minimal
carry-over and after the series,
the sensor is moved to a fixed
conditioning beaker.
LabX® Titration PC software ­offers
full titrator control, safe data base
archiving, efficient management
of results with graphic monitoring
and tailored result search filters.
The con­venient Windows®-based
user interface and the integrated
online help system enable the user
to operate the G20S via LabX® in a
reliable and safe manner.
G10S
G20S
One Click Titration
Shortcuts per user on user-specific Homescreen
4
12
Solvent manager (optional)
•
•
Hot Plug&Play
Burette recognition with titrant and titer
•
•
Automation option
Rondolino (up to 9 samples)
•
•
Max. number of user methods
5
100
Method and series
Backtitration
–
•
Burette drives
Number of burette drive to dose and titrate
1
1
Number of burette drive to dose only
–
1
Data Export & Printing USB, Network, PDF
•
•
PC Software
LabX® Titration Express
–
•
30267117 30252669
Part No. Ready-to-start Manual titration stand
package
–
30252671
Automatic titration stand (Rondolino Boundle)
www.mt.com/G20S-titrator
®
160
Order our detailed product brochure
Sodium Analyzer
Specific Sodium Determination
Simple and Accurate
If you need to measure the sodium content in your
food and beverage products, the new Sodium Analyzer
makes your analysis simple and fast. Reduce sample
preparation using safe and cheap chemicals while
specifically and exclusively measuring sodium ions.
Health Risks Related
to Excess Salt
Simple and Accurate
Analysis
Reduce Investment and
Operation Costs
The salt content of food products
influences the taste, but can also
adversely affect health. There is a
clear link between sodium intake
and high blood pressure. The World
Health Organization (WHO) has
published data showing that blood
pressure is the number one healthrisk factor in Europe and food producers are forced to declare or even
reduce the standardly used salt
(sodium chloride) content in foods.
This instrument was specifically
designed to simplify the determination of sodium in food products using the standard addition
technique. Simply add a sample
and ionic strength adjustment
(ISA) solution and start the measurement. That’s it! No system
calibration is necessary. Specific
sodium analysis has never been
so quick and easy.
Not only does the Sodium Analyzer reduce initial investment
costs, it also reduces operation
costs. Replace the silver nitrate
(AgNO3) titrant normally used
for chloride determination with
the cheaper and safer sodium
standards and reagents. Save
operator time and increase
productivity with fast sample
measurements.
www.mt.com/sodiumanalyzer
Model
Description
Order Number
Easy Na
Sodium Analyzer
30060051
Order our detailed product brochure
161
Karl Fischer Titrators
One Click® Water Determination
Simple & Secure
Karl Fischer titration is the specific standard method for water ­content
determination and gives accurate and precise results within ­minutes.
With the volumetric and coulometric Karl Fischer titrators your o­ perators
need only to press one button to run a water determination.
V10S / V20S / V30S
Volumetric KF Titrators
C10S / C20S / C30S
Coulometric KF Titrators
The Compact Volumetric Karl
Fischer Titrators determine water
from 100 ppm to 100% in a
wide range of liquid, solid and
gaseous samples.
The Compact Coulometric Karl
Fischer Titrators C20S and C30S
offer particularly fast and precise
titration of samples with a low water
content from 1 ppm to 5%.
www.mt.com/karl-fischer
162
Karl Fischer Titrators
Solvent Manager
Safe handling
Coulometric
Generator
Without Diaphragm
DO308
Drying oven
Stromboli
KF oven sample changer
The Solvent Manager
takes care of filling,
draining and exchange of reagents.
It is controlled by the
titrator and full security is guaranteed by
the overflow protector
in the waste bottle.
For most samples
the current generator
without diaphragm
offers more convenience in use
since no catholyte
is needed and the
anolyte can be exchanged with the
Solvent Manager
in One Click®.
The manual Karl
Fischer drying oven
DO308 allows safe
oven applications
with single samples
using manual
sample addition.
It can be operated
with the coulometric
and volumetric Karl
Fischer titrators.
The compact Stromboli
Karl Fischer oven sample
changer is fully controlled
by the C30S, V30S, T7 or
T9 Karl Fischer titrators
and ­enables automated
water determination of 14
solid or viscous samples
in an unattended operation mode. Stromboli allows to run multiple sample or blank series and
check samples at different temperatures ranging from 40 - 300 °C.
Order our detailed
product brochure
Volumetric
Shortcuts per user on user-specific Homescreen
Solvent or Reagent Control
Solvent Manager
Hot Plug&Play
Burette recognition with titrant and titer
USB printer
Stromboli oven sample changer
Automation
Homogenizer
User Management
“Expert-Routine” user groups
External extraction / dissolution
Methods and series
Number of samples per series
Preprogrammed METTLER TOLEDO methods
Bromine Index determinations
Max. number of user methods
Languages
Selectable Languages (specific per user)
Data Export & Printing USB, Network, PDF
LabX® Titration Express
PC software
LabX® Titration Server
Ready-to-start package
Part No.
Volumetric
Coulometric with diaphragm (SD)
Coulometric without diaphragm (SX)
One Click® Titration
Coulometer
C10SD /
C20SD /
C30SD /
V10S
V20S
V30S
C10SX*
C20SX*
C30SX*
4
12
12
4
12
12
–
–
•
–
–
•
•
•
•
Optional
•
•
•
•
•
–
–
–
•
•
•
•
•
•
–
–
•
–
–
•
–
–
TTL
–
–
–
–
–
•
–
–
•
–
–
•
–
–
•
120
120
120
120
120
120
–
–
11
–
–
11
–
–
–
–
–
•
5
5
100
5
5
100
Chinese, English, French, German, Italian, Korean, Polish, Portuguese, Russian, Spanish
•
•
•
•
•
•
–
•
•
–
•
•
–
•
•
–
•
•
30267116
–
–
30252666
–
–
30252667
–
–
–
30267115
30267114
–
30252661
30252660
–
30252663
30252662
* X = Generator without diaphragm
D = Generator with diaphragm
163
LabX® Titration
Power Your Titration Bench
with LabX®
LabX® offers a great new possibility to connect multiple laboratory
instruments with one single software. This uniform software and
interface means less training and also helps to increase your efficiency.
With a unique approach, LabX allows you to work from either the
instrument or PC or both and if required, with complete compliance.
Control Your Analysis
from Anywhere
Manage Your Titrations
More Efficiently
Ensure Full
Traceability
Either start your analysis at the
instrument or from the PC and
have constant access to both
your current sample analysis
and latest results. No m
­ atter
where you are use the mail
­functionality in LabX® to have
messages or results sent to you.
Fully automate the selection of
the correct method and transcription of samples IDs with a
barcode or SmartSample™ RFID
tag. Thus, eliminate sample order errors by reading the sample
information as you test it, as
well as ensuring the right method is selected for each product.
The Regulation option of LabX
server provides all the necessary
tools to meet the FDA regulation (21 CFR Part 11) for data
management and storage. All
relevant actions taken at the
instrument or PC are recorded
in the audit trail of LabX for
full traceability and flexibility,
no matter where you work.
www.mt.com/labxtitration
164
Modular Approach
with LabX®
Titration Starter Packs
LabX Titration Express
LabX Titration Server
Titrator Instrument License
Titrator Instrument License
Excellence Balance License
Excellence Balance License
Order our detailed
product brochure
User Management
Auto Import / Export
Included
Optional
User Management
Regulation
Auto Import / Export
System Integration
Instrument License
Advanced Report Designer
(1 additional)
Instrument License
(28 additional)
165
EasyPlus™ Titrators
EasyPlus™ Titrators
Simple and Affordable
The Swiss engineered EasyPlus™ Titrators from M
­ ETTLER TOLEDO
offers a complete package for your routine application. Operation
does not get simpler or more intuitive than this, thanks to the
smartphone like iTitrate™ user interface and iTitrate™ intelligence.
Affordable Swiss Technology
Swiss engineering and the highest quality parts and materials
make the compact and accurate
titrator a perfect addition to any
quality laboratory.
Service and Support
Take advantage of our internet
based service and support.
Videos, FAQ’s and a multitude of
applications are just a click away.
166
Quick Start with iTitrate™
Operation
Operation is simple with the
App based user interface and
intuitive system menu navigation;
save training time and make
daily tasks simpler and quicker.
Simple Result Data
Management
Connect your EasyPlus™ ­Titrator
to EasyDirect™ ­Titration Software
and improve data management.
Be secure in the knowledge that
all results are stored, organized
and easily ­accessible.
Ready for Your Sample
with iTitrate™ Intelligence
The built-in intelligence requires
only a few parameters to be set
before the instrument is ready
for titration.
Easy Pro
www.mt.com/easyplustitration
Easy KFV
Features comparison table
Easy pH
Easy CI
Application
Acid / Base
Precipitation Redox
Number of Titration Methods
Order Number
LongClick™
Easy Start Tutorial
Online Help
Predefined Calculation
Language
EasyDirect™ PC connectivity
Easy Ox
Easy Pro
Easy KFV
Acid / Base, Karl Fischer
Precipitation, volumetric
Redox
1
1
1
3
1
30060041 30060043 30060042 30060044 30060045
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
English, German, French, Italian, Spanish, Portuguese, Russian, Chinese,
Korean, Polish, Thai, Vietnamese, Turkish, Japanese, Arabic
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
For more information see our
accessories brochure and datasheets
Performance Verification
EasyPlus™ verification is made easy with our performance verification kit. Receive the
prepared standard solution appropriate for your type of titration and simply run three
analyses. Submit your results at the dedicated webpage with your EasyPlus™ Titration
registration to receive an unbiased performance verification statement confirming your
titrator’s accuracy.
167
Services for Titrators
Titration Service Solutions
for Proven Accuracy
Professionally executed installation and qualification (IQ/OQ) is a prerequisite
for achieving correct titration results. In this way, your titrator performs p­ erfectly
from the beginning. METTLER TOLEDO offers a broad range of i­nstrument
qualification and software verification solutions for titrators.
Service solutions to assure titration accuracy
Need
Professional installation
Standard Qualification
Comprehensive Qualification
Training and Education
Evaluation of Measurement Uncertainty
Performance Verification
Standard Qualification:
IPac
METTLER TOLEDO’s trained and
authorized service specialists
perform instrument installation
according to standardized SOPs
and record all activities in the
IPac. Installation qualification
(IQ) and operation qualification
(OQ) of your titration system are
assured and documented.
168
Proposed service solution
Equipment installation according to SOPs
for all titrators and a­ ssociated devices
IPac: IQ/OQ execution and documentation
EQPac: equipment qualification
EduPac: certified titration training
MuPac: Assessment & Evaluation service
VPac: Verify the performance yourself
Comprehensive Qualification:
EQPac
EQPac is the total equipment
qualification package, meeting
the strictest regulatory demands
and requirements. Comprehensive
documentation with a professionally executed qualification procedure, ensures conformity and
establishes complete traceability.
Titration Expertise and Training:
EduPac
Gain expertise in titration with
practical hands-on workshops
described in our EduPacs,
­instead of studying chemistry
books. Easy understandable
­titration training helps to get your
team up-to-speed with your new
titration instrument.
Qualification
EQPac
IPac
EduPac
MuPac
Vpac
Product Families
Titration Excellence
Volumetric KF Titrators
Coulometric KF Titrators
Titration Excellence
Volumetric KF Titrators
Coulometric KF Titrators
Compact Titrator
LabX Software
General Titrators
Volumetric KF Titrators
Coulometric KF Titrators
Titration Compact and
Excellence Titrators
Product Types
T5 / T7 / T9
V20S / V30S
C20S / C30S
T5 / T7 / T9
V10S / V20S / V30S
C10S / C20S / C30S
G10S / G20S
LabX Titration
T5 / T7 / T9 / G20S
V10S / V20S / V30S
C10S / C20S / C30S
T5 / T7 / T9 – C10S / C20S / C30S
V10S / V20S / V230S – G10S / G20S
EasyPlus Titrators
Easy pH
Easy Cl
Order No. English
51710454
51710659
51710656
51710450
51710651
51710648
51710766
51710898
51710883
51710889
51710886
30040345
Acid 30065502
Base 30065503
Chloride 30065504
Measurement Uncertainty
VPac Performance Verification
Measurement uncertainty calculations performed with GTP® MuPac. Based on a,
­preferably, validated customer method,
GTP® MuPac yields a confidence interval of
the respective titration result and a comprehensive quantitative assessment of all factors that influence your titration results.
Performance Verification is the recommended workflow to confirm faultless
routine operation of the titrator and
secure the result reliability. The VPac Performance V­ erification combines the convenience of ready-made standard kits
and online verification.
169
Services for Titrators
Essential Services
to Protect Your Investment
To secure accurate and reliable results and thus protect your
investment, METTLER TOLEDO recommends annual preventive
maintenance combined with titrator calibration – an attractive
package tailored to best meet your service requirements.
Service solutions for routine operation
Need
Continuously high performance
No break-downs
Accuracy and precision
User qualification
Preventive Maintenance
Professionally performed periodic
maintenance of your titration system prevents from break-down
and supports instrument performance. Preventive maintenance
checklists are provided to support you in quality audits.
Proposed service solution
Preventive maintenance combined with calibration service
Preventive maintenance including updates and technical verification
Calibration documented in calibration certificates
Trainings, seminars, literature and consulting services
Calibration
Calibration is essential for getting accurate and reliable titration
results. Using traceable calibration tools ensures that the titrator
functions according to its operational specifications. A calibration
certificate provides the required
proof for quality audits.
Expertise
METTLER TOLEDO training packages for titration (EduPac binders), online and live webinars
and seminars as well as consulting services help you to build
up, increase and maintain titration expertise in your team, also
when deploying new staff.
www.mt.com/webinar-analytical
170
Continuously dependable results are only possible if measurement risks
are identified and eventually eliminated. ­METTLER TOLEDO’s Good
­Titration Practice™ supports the customer in analyzing his specific process risk with the unique GTP® Risk Check tool. In addition, GTPSecure™
provides all services necessary to achieve accurate and reliable titration.
Your benefits with GTPSecure™
Need
Accurate results
Regulatory compliance
Cost savings
Documentation
Benefits
Service solutions as part of GTPSecure™ ensure accurate
titration results
The accuracy and reliability of your titration results always
complies with your ­quality requirements
Preventive maintenance and calibration result in cost s­ avings
Audit-proof and up-to-date documentation complements your
­quality management ­system
Detailed information about titration
service offering are available at:
www.mt.com/gtp-secure
171
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories for Excellence and Compact
Potentiometric Titrators
Description
Dosing Unit for dispensing and titration purposes
Y-cable for simultaneous pump and stirrer connection
Electrode holder set containing:
– Electrode holder, attachment screw, electrode sleeve
Part No.
51109030
51109889
51109195
Manual titration stand containing:
– Titration stand, attachment screw, spacing,
clamping, threaded ring, titration vessel (2 pcs.),
stopper set, ground joint adapter, electrode sleeve
Manual titration kit containing
– Manual titration stand, compact stirrer
51109190
Auto titration kit containing:
– Electrode holder set, compact stirrer
51109221
Manual titration stand without accessories
Diaphragm pump SD660 w/suction tube
Suction tube with filter for SD660
Peristaltic pump SP280
Novoprene tubes for SP280 / SPR200
(1x1 m; 10x120 mm)
51109118
30094165
30094166
30094237
51190969
Silicone tubes for SP280 / SPR200 (5x120 mm)
ChemSure tube for SP280 / SPR200
Solvent Manager Kit
51108149
30094297
51105652
51109220
Accessories for all Compact Titrators
Description
Protective cover for Touchscreen
External Power supply 100 – 240 VAC
USB cable 1.8 m A-B for PC connection
G20S with Manual Titration Kit and DGi115-SC
in a glass titration beaker
Accessories for Excellence Titrators
Description
Terminal (with connection cable and protective cover)
Protective cover for terminal
Conductivity sensor board
pH/mV sensor board
T7->T9 Upgrade set
External power supply unit
6-pol CAN cable, 20 cm
6-pol CAN cable, 60 cm
USB cable A-A, 180cm for PC connection
OE06 Auxiliary Output Expander OE06
DH100 Heating System 110 V
DH100 Heating System 230 V
Volumetric KF Kit (Solvent Manager included)
Coulometric KF Kit (Generator with diaphragm)
Coulometric KF Kit (Generator without diaphragm)
Liquid Handler
Handheld USB barcode reader
Dosing tube adapter 4 to 1
172
Part No.
51109017
11132570
51109840
51109818
51109960
51109806
51109874
51109886
51191689
51108065
51108779
51108780
51105605
30267112
30267113
51371500
21901297
51108356
SmartSample reader on Titration Excellence
Part No.
51105567
51105795
51191926
Accessories
Accessories for Karl Fischer Titrators
Accessories for General Titrators
Description
Solvent Manager Set
DM143-SC Double pin Pt sensor
70 cm sensor cable for DM143-SC
Silicone Tube 133 mm
Silicone Tube 850 mm, Solvent Manager
to solvent exchange bottle
Part No.
51105600
51107699
51109183
51107480
51105581
Clear glass bottle, 1 L
Flat gasket seal for bottles
Molecular Sieve 3Å (250 g)
O-ring for screw caps, black, (4/pk)
Screw cap for solvent bottle
Magnetic stir bar
Drying tube with cover
Silicon grease
30079610
00023981
00071478
51107496
00023937
51191159
00023961
00071300
Accessories
Barcode reader (requires USB cable)
USB cable to barcode reader
LogStraight™ finger print reader
Micropropeller stirrer rod
Propeller stirring rod
Sensor holder (when not in use)
Bottle rack for 2x1 litre bottles
TTL-I / O TBox DR42
TTL interface cable
RS232 Connection Cable (DB9 F/F)
Part No.
21901297
21901309
51192107
00655073
00101229
00025654
51107065
51107420
51190589
51190362
LevelSens™
Description
LevelSens with holder, non-aqueous
LevelSens with holder, aqueous
Part No.
51109853
51109854
Accessories for V10S, V20S and V30S
Description
Adapter for automatic draining of cell
O-ring for titration head
ST24 three hole adapter incl. ST10, ST7.5
and pin hole stoppers
Part No.
51105594
51190366
00023982
Stopper for three hole adapter
(1 set: 1 ST10, 1 ST7.5, 6 pin hole stopper)
00025883
Septum Stopper ST24 (10/pk)
Septum Stopper ST10 (10/pk)
Solvent delivery/drain tube with screw fitting
Thermostatable titration vessel, 150 mL
Titration vessel, 250 mL
Homogenizer adapter set for IKA, 18 mm hole
Homogenizer adapter set for IKA, 19 mm hole
Homogenizer adapter set for Kinematica / Polytron,
12 mm hole
00023950
00023949
51107481
51107497
51107463
51107409
30030846
51107534
LevelSens Box (connects up to 4 LevelSens)
includes 20 cm CAN cable
51109852
Sample Handling Accessories
Accessories
Visco-Spoon™
Syringes, 1 mL (100 pcs)
Syringes, 10 mL (100 pcs)
Needles, 80x0.8 mm (100 pcs)
Needles, 80x1.2 mm (12 pcs)
Glass weigh boat for powders, 20x60 mm (5 pcs)
Glass weigh boat for powders, 30x80 mm (5 pcs)
Part No.
51107668
00071492
00071482
00071484
00071483
00023951
00023952
Accessories for C10S, C20S and C30S
Description
Coulometric solvent exchange set
Solvent delivery / drain tube
Titration vessel
Thermostatable titration vessel
Generator electrode with diaphragm
Generator electrode without diaphragm
Cable for generator electrode
PTFE stopper with septum disk
Septum disk (12/pk)
Part No.
51105606
00023936
51108732
51109416
51108751
51108753
51107830
51108741
51108740
Visco-Spoon™
for grease and
wax samples
LevelSens used with
Solvent Manager
and exchange set
173
Accessories
Accessories
Accessories
for InMotion™ Autosamplers
Description
SmartSample RFID Kit
SmartSample 100mL sleeve w/tag, 20 pcs
SmartSample tag 100 pcs.
InMotion Aliquot kit for Pro 25 mL
InMotion COD Kit for Flex 100 mL
InMotion Karl Fischer Direct Kit for 100 mL
CoverUp Lid Handling for InMotion Flex
CoverUp Lid Handling for InMotion Pro 80 mL
CoverUp Lid Handling for InMotion Pro 100 mL
CoverUp Lid Handling for InMotion Pro 180 mL
InMotion CoverUp Lids, 80 mL, 10pcs
InMotion CoverUp Lids, 100 mL, 10pcs
InMotion CoverUp Lids, 180 mL, 10pcs
Option Board Barcode / SmartSample
Option Board CoverUp / Stirrer/Pump
Tower InMotion Flex (cover not included)
Cover InMotion Flex / Pro 2nd Tower
Tower InMotion Pro left type w/cover
Tower InMotion Max left type w/cover
Under rack magnetic stirrer
InMotion barcode reader with mount
Reversible peristaltic pump SPR200
Titration sync cable, 5 pin
Stirrer/Pump Y cable, 6 pin
InMotion dispensing tube w/tip, 135 cm
InMotion dispensing tube w/tip, 3 m
Diaphragm pump dispensing tube w/o tip
Part No.
30094251
30094269
30094271
30094248
30094249
30094250
30094252
30094253
30094254
30094255
30094274
30094275
30094276
30094233
30094234
30094160
30094267
30094236
30094232
30094263
30094235
30094285
30094246
30094247
51108070
30094162
51108147
Accessories for Rondolino
Description
PowerShower™ for Rondolino
Rinse tube for Rondolino PowerShower
Diaphragm pump for Rondolino
InMotion Pro 100 mL with CoverUp™ Lid Handling
174
Part No.
51108219
51108116
51108012
Stromboli 20 mL
vials and caps
Accessories for Stromboli
Description
Gas drying unit and flow meter (needs tubes)
Stromboli tubing set for gas drying unit
Sample vials (glass), 42/pk
Rubber seals for vials, 42/pk
Sealing discs for vials, 144/pk
Drying tube, curved
Purge gas tube
PTFE stopper
Gas inlet
Set of glass tubing
TTL-I/O connection cable
Air pump box
Carrier gas stop valve
Purge gas tube heater
Adapter for C30S stopper
Aluminium inserts for drift determination
Part No.
51108660
51108666
51108691
51108692
51108693
51108639
51108837
51108668
51108669
51108695
51190589
51108673
51108688
51108836
51108761
51105246
Accessories for DO308
Description
Sample boat (glass)
Gas drying unit and flow meter (needs tubes)
Guide rod for sample boat
Screw cap GL37 for sample tube
Stop cock
Aluminium inserts for sample boat (50/pk)
Furnace sample tube
Tube set
Gas outlet tubing
Silicon stopper ST14.5 (10/pk)
Three-hole adapter with plug stoppers,
for volumetric titrations
Part No.
51108657
51108660
51371101
51191129
51191130
51108649
51371206
51108676
51108837
00023276
00023982
Gas inlet stopper for operation with DO308
Air pump box
Drying tube with three-way tap
51108761
51108670
00105071
Titration Sensors
Plug&Play combined pH glass electrodes
with Sensor Chip
DGi101-SC pH micro-electrode (3 mm shaft diameter)
for small titration vessels and aqueous solutions
Part No.
51109507
DGi102-Mini pH micro-electrode (6 mm shaft diameter) 51109508
for small titration vessels and aqueous solutions
DGi111-SC pH glass electrode
DGi112-Pro pH glass electrode with moveable sleeve
diaphragm – for critical samples
51109500
51109501
DGi113-SC pH glass electrode with moveable sleeve
diaphragm – non-aqueous titrations
51109502
DGi114-SC pH glass electrode with moveable sleeve
diaphragm for aqueous solutions
51109503
DGi115-SC pH glass electrode with sleeve diaphragm
DGi116-Solvent pH glass electrode with movable
sleeve junction for non-aqueous media
51109504
51109505
DGi117-Water pH glass electrode with integrated
temperature sensor
51109506
Classical combined pH glass electrodes
DG111-SC pH glass electrode
DG113-SC pH glass electrode with moveable
sleeve diaphragm for non-aqueous titrations
00089596
00089632
DG115-SC pH glass electrode with sleeve diaphragm
00089806
Classical half cell electrode
DG300-SC Half cell pH electrode in conjuction
with reference electrode DX200
51109286
Classical reference electrodes for pH/ISE/Tenside
half cell electrode sensores
DX200 glass reference electrode
DX202-SC plastic reference electrode
51089935
51109295
Plug&Play combined metal electrodes
with Sensor Chip
DMi101-Mini semi micro platinum ring electrode (6 mm
shaft diameter) with ceramic frit for argentometric titrations – for small sample volumes
DMi102-SC semi micro silver ring electrode (6 mm
shaft diameter) with ceramic frit for argentometric titrations – for small sample volumes
DMi140-SC platinum ring electrode for redox titrations
DMi141-SC silver ring electrode for argentometric
titrations
Part No.
51109523
51109533
51109520
51109530
DMi144-SC platinum ring electrode for redox
titrations on the InMotion 20 COD rack
51109521
DMi145-SC silver ring electrode with a movable
easy-to-clean sleeve junction for argentometric
titrations – dirty or viscous samples
DMi147-SC platinum ring electrode for redox
titrations without changing pH value – pH glass as
reference element without ceramic junction
DMi148-SC silver ring electrode for argentometric
titrations without changing pH-value – pH glass as
reference element without ceramic junction
51109531
Classical metal electrodes
DM140-SC combined platinum ring electrode
for redox titrations
51109522
51109532
00089598
DM141-SC combined silver ring electrode
for argentometric titrations
00089599
DM143-SC double-pin platinum electrode
DM405-SC combined Ag2S-sulfidized silver billet
electrode with annular ceramic junction for
argentometric titrations
51107699
Photometric sensors
Phototrode DP5 with 5 selectable wave lengths
520 nm, 555 nm, 590 nm, 620 nm, 660 nm includes
LEMO connection cable
51109291
51109300
Temperature probes
DT1000 – PT 1000
DT1000 adapter for Rondolino and InMotion
51109828
51108032
Surfactant electrodes
DS500 for aqueous surfactant titrations
DS800-TwoPhase for two-phase surfactant titrations
51107670
51109540
Titration conductivity sensors
InLab717 glass 4 pole cell, 10 µS/cm ... 500 mS/cm,
for conductivity titrations
InLab718 glass 2 pole cell, 0.1 … 200 µS/cm,
for low-conductivity titrations
51302401
51340266
DP5 Phototrode™ set at different wavelengths
175
Accessories
Accessories
Sensor Cables and Parts
Description
SC-LEMO 60 cm cable for Plug&Play and classical
sensors
Part No.
00089601
SC-LEMO 100 cm cable for Plug&Play and classical
sensors
00089602
SC-LEMO 160 cm cable for Plug&Play and classical
sensors
51108034
SC-LEMO 250 cm cable for Plug&Play and classical
sensors
30094211
SC-LEMO 70 cm cable for amperometric / voltammetric titrations and for DM143-SC
51109183
SC-LEMO 100 cm cable for amperometric / voltammetric titrations and for DM143-SC
51109184
SC-LEMO 160 cm cable for amperometric / voltammetric titrations and for DM143-SC
Burettes
51109185
Description
1 mL burette DV1001 with RFID chip
for Plug&Play installation
Part No.
51107503
Cable MultiPin™ – Lemo / Pt1000 70 cm
for DG117-Water / DGi117-Water
51109544*
5 mL burette DV1005 with RFID chip
for Plug&Play installation
51107500
Cable MultiPin™ – Lemo/Pt1000 100 cm
for DG117-Water / DGi117-Water
51109545*
10 mL burette DV1010 with RFID chip
for Plug&Play installation
51107501
Y-Cable (connection of the DP5 to the
power supply and the titrator)
51109905
20 mL burette DV1020 with RFID chip
for Plug&Play installation
51107502
Sensor extension cable for electrode, 120 cm,
female/male Lemo (for InMotion Max)
30259608*
Burette housing with RFID chip
51109117
Description
Centering ring 5 mL
Centering ring 10mL
Centering ring 20 mL
Glass cylinder 1 mL
Glass cylinder 5 mL
Glass cylinder 10 mL
Glass cylinder 20 mL
Piston 1 mL
Piston 5 mL
Piston 10 mL
Piston 20 mL
Locking screw
Stopcock / Ceramic valve disk for reagents
with tendency for crystallisation
Part No.
51107519
51107520
51107521
51107533
51107100
51107101
51107102
51107535
51107115
51107116
51107117
51107518
51107525
Stopcock / PTFE valve (standard)
Amber glass bottle, 1 L
Burette holder
Connection tubing
Dispensing tube with siphon tip (70 cm)
Dispensing tube with siphon tip (100 cm)
Suction tube (83 cm)
Suction tube (3 m)
Drying tube with cover
Drying tube holder
Anti-diffusion tips (5/pk)
51107537
00071296
00023645
51107129
00025687
00025961
00025688
30094262
00023961
00023915
00023240
Spare parts for sensors
Adapter, DIN to LEMO
DS500 membrane kit
DS800-Two Phase Emulsifier
Sensor sleeve adapter
00089600
51107669
51109453
52001220
Printers
Description
USB-P25 alphanumeric printer for Excellence and
Compact Titrators
Part No.
USB-P25
Cable USB-P25 to Excellence and Compact Titrators
Paper roll for USB-P25 / RS-P26 (Set of 2)
Paper roll, adhesive backed
OKi B412dn USB-Commercial printer
(cables not included) EU version
51191926
12120799
11600388
51192203
Bottle Top Adapters
Description
Diameter 40.5 mm; slope 3.5 mm (Germany/Merck)
Diameter 37.5 mm; slope 5 mm (USA)
Diameter 28.5 mm (China)
Diameter 34 mm (India)
176
DV1020
20 mL burette
Part No.
00023774
00023787
30060026
30060024
EasyPlus™ Titrator and Sodium Analyzer
Titration Beakers
Description
EasyPlus burette 10 mL
EasyPlus burette 20 mL
EasyPlus burette 50 mL
EasyPlus tubing set instrument
EasyStir GT
EasyStir KF
EasyPlus titration head GT
Insert set titration head GT
EasyPlus titration head KF
Insert set titration head KF
KF vessel set
EasyPlus drying tube
Weighing boat and stopper set
Desktop power supply
Burette cover set
Valve
Bottle head
EasyPump
EasyPlus tubing set EasyPump
EasyDirect software, 3 Titrators per PC Installation
Description
Polypropylene beakers, 100 mL, 120/pk
Polypropylene beakers, 100 mL, 480/pk
Polypropylene beakers, 100 mL, 1400/pk
Polypropylene beakers, 250 mL, 500/pk
Polypropylene beakers, red, 100 mL, 1400/pk
Two-phase beaker for surfactant titrations
Covers for 100 mL beakers, 16/pk
Glass beakers, 100 mL, 20/pk
Polypropylene beakers 80 mL, set of 30
Polypropylene beakers 80 mL, set of 1352
Polypropylene, 180 mL 500/pk
Glass beakers, 250 mL, 10/pk (Not for ST20)
Glass beaker, for sample vol. 10 – 20 mL
Glass Aliquot Beaker, 20 mL
Glass Aliquot Beaker, 100 mL
Thermostatable Glass, 100 mL
Part No.
30043900
30043901
30043902
30065464
30065467
30065468
30041102
30057635
30041103
30057636
30065471
30044701
30065466
51105798
30057633
30042860
30060023
30064218
30065465
30065449
Sensors for EasyPlus™ Titrator
Description
EG11-BNC: pH aqueous
EG13-BNC: pH non-aqueous
EM40-BNC: Redox mV
EM43-BNC: KF/Redox Ipol
EM45-BNC: Silver/Precipitation
Part No.
30043103
30043104
30043106
30043105
30043107
Part No.
51109388
51109389
00101974
00023829
00025777
51107655
00101448
00101446
51108030
51109382
30094245
00023515
00023516
51108314
51108161
00023517
Multiparameter Accessories
Description
TV6, 2 way-6 port valve
Adapter M8x1.5 M / M8x1 F (SPx Pump)
Titration to DM/RM tube
Connection cable, DM/RM to titrator
Part No.
30026544
30094295
51337240
51105856
Accessories for Sodium Analyzer
Description
DX222-Na for Sodium Analyzer
DX205-SC (ISE reference)
Sodium Analyzer head Na
Insert set Sodium Analyzer head Na
Electrolyte 0.5 M DIPA-HCL-ISA, 25 mL
Electrolyte 0.5 M DIPA-HCL-ISA, 250 mL
Part No.
30079616
30066675
30079612
30079618
30064081
30066674
For more information about all of our multiparameter ­solutions visit
www.mt.com/titration-multiparameter
177
Density and
Refractive Index
Perfect solutions for quality control of liquids
Overview
LiquiPhysics Instruments and Modules
LiquiPhysics Automation
LiquiPhysics Accessories
Compact Instruments
Good Practices
180
182
184
186
188
190
Page
– 181
– 183
– 185
– 187
– 189
– 191
179
Overview
Density- and Refractometers
Reliable Results and Unsurpassed Reproducibility
One Click® operation
One click on the selected product or measurement method starts the measurement
of density, refractive index or related values. The built-in temperature control brings
the sample to the required temperature,
the measurement is done automatically
and the result displayed on the touch
screen. Unlike older methods like pycnometers, hydrometers and Abbe refractometers, the results are operator-independent,
thus highly reliable and reproducible.
Meters and
Cell Modules
Compact Size
Great Specs
Multiparameter measurement
The modular concept allows to upgrade
any single instrument to a complete multiparameter system measuring density,
refractive index (or related values), pH
(or conductivity), acidity and color.
www.mt.com/liquiphysics-multiparameter
180
Density Meters
Refractometers
Cell Modules
Simplified quality control
For quality control, target value and limits
can be defined for each product. The measurement result is then displayed in red if
it is out of limits.
Automation
Valuable Options
Basic Solutions
GDRP
Less Work
Better Repeatability
Tailor-Made
Performance
Quick Measurements
Reliable Results
Sampling Pumps and
Automation Units
Accessories
Compact Instruments
Good Practices
Overview
181
LiquiPhysics Instruments and Modules
Density- and Refractometers
Compact Size. Great Specs.
182
Density
Compact
Refractive Index
Versatile
Cell Modules
Combined
DM Density Meters
RM Refractometers
DX and RX Cell Modules
DM density meters determine the
density and/or specific gravity of
liquids quickly and accurately.
The results are automatically
converted into one or several
pre- or user-defined units such
as Brix, API degrees or alcohol
concentrations etc.
Automatic error detection, entire
temperature range adjustments
and built-in algorithms shorten
measurement times required
by up to 75% – DM and DX are
doubtlessly the state-of-theart pinnacle for digital density
meas­urement.
Brix, refractive index or concentrations of dark, viscous or
highly volatile liquids? The RM
refractometers master the quality
control of a wide variety of challenging samples from routine
Brix measurements at 20 °C
to refractive index determinations of bitumen at 100 °C. The
measurement process can be
completely automated with the
added advantage of no more
manual cleaning, no more contact with dangerous solvents and
better repeatability.
Density and refractive index
are frequently determined in
the same lab and, increasingly
frequently, simultaneously. The
upgrade of a DM density meter
or an RM refractometer with a
DX density cell module or an RX
refractive index cell module is
the most cost- and space-saving
solution in such cases making it
the perfect combination for any
lab demanding fast and accurate
results.
www.density.com
www.refractometry.com
LiquiPhysics Instruments and Modules
The DeltaRange™ density measuring cells are tailor made solutions
for applications such as alcohol content determinations or the
­quality control of organic solvents. They offer five place accuracy in
the range required for such measurements at a significantly lower
price than full range five decimal place cells.
Please order our LiquiPhysics
Excellence brochure
www.mt.com/LiquiPhysics
Technical
specifications
Density Meter
Density Cell
DM40
DX40
DM45 DeltaRange
DX45 DeltaRange
0–3
DM50
DX50
Measuring range
[g/cm3]
0–3
0–3
Repeatability
(S.D. n=10)
[g/cm3]
0.00005
Brix [% w/w]
0.03
ethanol [% v/v] 0.1
0.000005
0.015
0.01
0.000005
0.003
0.01
Limit of error
[g/cm3]
0.000021)
0.00005
0.02
0.02
0.000022)
0.000033)
0.006
0.02
0 – 91
0.02 (15 – 20 °C)
0.05 (0 – 91 °C)
0 – 91
0.02 (10 – 30 °C)
0.05 (0 – 91 °C)
0.0001
Brix [% w/w]
0.03
ethanol [% v/v] 0.1
Temperature range
Limit of error
[°C]
[°C]
0 – 91
0.05 (10 – 30 °C)
0.10 (0 – 91 °C)
in the range 0.70000 … 1.00000 g/cm3 / 15.00 … 20.00 °C
in the range 0.00000 … 1.00000 g/cm3
3)
in the range of 1.00000 … 2.00000 g/cm3
1)
2)
Refractometer
Refractive Index Cell
RM40
RX40
RM50
RX50
Measuring range
[nD]
1.32 – 1.70
1.32 – 1.58
Repeatability
(S.D. n=10)
[nD]
Brix [% w/w]
0.00005
0.05
0.00001
0.01
Limit of error
[nD]
0.0001
Brix [% w/w]
0.1
0.000023)
0.000044)
0.014
Temperature range
Limit of error
[°C]
[°C]
5 – 100
0.1 (5 – 100 °C)
3)
around adjustment points
4)
5 – 75
0.03 (15 – 50 °C)
0.05 (5 – 75 °C)
entire range
183
LiquiPhysics Automation
Automation
Highly Reliable with Minimal Effort
Flexible automation solutions improve the quality of your
measurement and increase the troughput in your workflow
184
FillPal
The Robust Approach
SC1 & SC30
Maximum Performance
The FillPal sampling pumps simplify
the measurement of low viscous
samples. These pumps can be used
for all DM density meters and RM
refractometers and are suitable for
all applications where the samples
to be measured are of a similar
nature and no intermediate complete
rinsing and drying of the measuring
cell is required. FillPal is available in
two ­versions: FillPal Food for water
based products and FillPal Chem for
­aggressive samples including most
acids, bases and organic solvents.
The SC1 and SC30 automation
units offer fully automated sampling, measurement, rinsing and
drying. In addition, the SC30 is
a sample changer with 30 positions that is equipped with the
ScanStraight option, even capable
of scanning barcode stickers on
the sample vials automatically.
www.mt.com/automation-sc1
www.mt.com/automation-sc30
LiquiPhysics Automation
InMotion
High Troughput
SC Heated Versions
High Viscosity
The InMotion sample changer is
the perfect solution for the beverage industry or for other kindred
low viscous samples where
oversampling is sufficient (same
as FillPal). Different beaker sizes
and up to 303 sample positions
offer flexibility for any application.
Optional stirrer and pH measurement for fruit juices and automatic
degassing of carbonated beverages ensure efficient workflows.
The SC automation units are available as heated versions suitable
for performing density measurements of samples which are
highly viscous or even solid at
ambient temperature such as paraffins, bitumen, heavy crude oils,
edible fats, etc. The SC1H and the
SC30H can handle samples with a
melting point of up to 60 °C.
Please order our Automation brochure
Technical specifications
Number of samples
Sample vials
Sample characteristics
max viscosity
organic solvents
acids
bases
Sampling
Rinsing
Drying
Sample recovery
Temperature
1)
2)
3)
FillPal Food
1
any type
FillPal Chem
1
any type
InMotion
10 – 303
25 – 250 mL
SC1
1
6, 9 and 20 mL
SC1H
1
6, 9 and 20 mL
SC30
30
6, 9 and 20 mL
SC30H
30
6, 9 and 20 mL
1'000 mPas
acetone, ethanol
no
yes
suction
manual
DryPal required
no
ambient
1'000 mPas
yes
yes (most)
yes
suction
manual
DryPal required
no
ambient
1'000 mPas
acetone, ethanol
yes 3)
yes 3)
suction
semi automatic
DryPal required
no
ambient
30'000 mPas
yes
yes 1)
yes
overpressure
automatic
automatic
yes
ambient
30'000 mPas
yes
yes 1)
yes
overpressure
automatic
automatic
yes
max. 80 °C 2)
30'000 mPas
yes
yes 1)
yes
overpressure
automatic
automatic
yes
ambient
30'000 mPas
yes
yes 1)
yes
overpressure
automatic
automatic
yes
max. 80 °C 2)
For concentrated reducing acids only with Hastelloy needle
Samples with a melting point of up to 60 °C can be handled (paraffin, edible fats, cosmetics etc.)
with optional resistant tubing
185
LiquiPhysics Accessories
Valuable Options
Custom Tailored Performance
Multi-parameter
Measurements
Enhanced Productivity
Density, refractive index (or related values), pH (or conductivity), acidity and
color can be measured and analyzed in one go.
Advanced Barcode
Features
Convenient Sample
Data Input
Plug and Play
Benefits
Features Tailored
to Your Needs
LabX Laboratory
Software
Make the Most of
LiquiPhysics
LiquiPhysics Excellence is not
only able to read barcodes; it
can also accurately interpret
their information. With Smart
Codes containing information
about the type of product to
be measured, the operator
simply scans in the barcodes
to start the measurements.
No additional button to click.
LiquiPhysics systems can
easily be upgraded to fulfill
specific requirements. The
LogStraight finger print reader
greatly simplifies the log-in
procedure at the instrument
with no user names or passwords to enter. With ErogSens,
there is no need to touch the
instrument to start the measurements. AtmoSens ensures
highly accurate 5 place density adjustments. LevelSens
guarantees greater safety
when working with automation units and makes sure
that the waste container never
becomes overfilled.
LabX is a new concept for
laboratory software (see
pages 16–19). In addition
to data aquisition, analysis
and archiving, LabX offers
SOP user guidance, manages
products, methods, users
and instruments. It connects
density meters, refractometers,
melting point instruments,
titrators and balances. Connection to LIMS or ERP allows
full integration in the company
IT world.
LiquiPhysics Excellence is
even capable of scanning
barcodes automatically.
The SC30 sample changers
can be easily equipped with
­ScanStraight, a built-in barcode reader.
186
Auxiliary instruments
Third-party devices can be integrated easily into our LiquiPhysics systems, e.g. spectrophotometer for color measurement, even without PC.
www.mt.com/liquiphysics-multiparameter
Accessories
Ordering Information
Printer USB-P25 dot matrix printer
11124301
Barcode scanner
Hand scanner USB for 1D barcodes
ScanStraight Automatic scanner for SC30 sample changer for 1D and 2D barcodes
21901297
51337184
Complete connecting sets for additional parameters (without auxiliary instruments)
pH connecting set for SevenEasy™ / SevenCompact™ pH meter
Conductivity connecting set for SevenEasy™ / SevenCompact™ conductivity meter
Color connecting set for Lovibond PFX and PFXi 8XX and 9XX colorimeters from Tintometer
Color connecting set for Minolta CM5 and CR5 colorimeters from Konica Minolta
51337023
51337022
51337021
30025477
Sensors
AtmoSens barometric USB pressure sensor
LevelSens level sensor. Safely prevents waste container overfilling
LogStraight fingerprint scanner for biometric user management
ErgoSens infrared sensor for hands-free operation
51337020
51337026
51192107
11132601
Top parts for RM refractometers and RX refractive index measuring cells
Flow cell for automatic refractive index measurements (FillPal, SC1 or SC30)
Press to measure semi-solid products, such as fruit pulp
51337024
51337155
LabX Laboratory software
LabX Express Edition for stand alone systems
LabX Server Edition for client server installations
11153130
11153131
187
Compact Instruments
Basic Solutions
for any Environment
188
DA-100M
Thermostat Included
Densito and Refracto
Best On-site Performance
Refracto 30GS
Gold and Saphire
The DA-100M density meter is
a compact three-decimal place
density meter. It is equipped with
a solid state thermostat and an
air pump to dry the measuring
cell. The optional ASU-100 sampling pump greatly simplifies
density determinations of low
viscous samples.
The Densito 30PX and the Refracto 30PX offer all the features
required for successful on-site
density and refractive index
measurements including: Automatic temperature compensation, direct display of the result
in the desired unit, built-in clock
for full GLP compliance and data
output via infrared interface.
Densito and Refracto come with
practical carrying cases which
contain everything necessary to
carry out measurements.
The Refracto 30GS additionally
features a very wide measuring
range and a quick temperature
response thanks to its special
measuring cell equipped with
a gold plated stage ring and a
prism made of artificial sapphire.
Please order our Densito
and Refracto brochures and visit
www.mt.com/Densito
www.mt.com/Refracto
Technical
specifications
Accessories
Measuring range
0 – 2 g/cm3
Accuracy
0.001 g/cm3
Temperature range
Part No.
15 – 40 °C
51320001
(solid state thermostat)
Densito 30PX
Refracto 30PX
0 – 2 g/cm3
1.32 – 1.50 (nD)
0 – 85% Brix
0.001 g/cm3
0.0005 (nD)
0.2% Brix
ambient (5 – 35 °C)
ambient (10 – 40 °C)
51324450
51324650
Refracto 30GS
1.32 – 1.65 (nD)
0 – 100% Brix
0.0005 (nD)
0.2% Brix
ambient (10 – 40 °C)
51324660
DA-100M
Density meter
ASU-100 sampling pump for DA-100
Infrared adapter for data transmission (Densito and Refracto)
Adapter for external syringe (Densito)
Cleaning tissues (set of 10) for Densito 30PX and Refracto 30PX/GS
Protective cover for Densito 30PX 51324430
Density water standards (for DA-100M and Densito 30PX)
ASU-100
51325006
51324402
51325003
51324430
51325005
189
Good Practices
Better Accuracy and Reliability
Reduce Risks. Increase Effectivity
It is not the accuracy of the instrument which is important
but the accuracy of the workflow.
Improve the accuracy of your density and refractive index measurement
by understanding your workflow, identifying the risks and using good
density and refractive index practices.
GDRP™ 5 Steps to Excellence
Good Density and Refractometry Practice is a 5 step program to improve
your Lab process. It covers the entire lifecycle of your investment and
helps to improve quality while reducing risks and costs.
Step 1 Evaluation
Understanding current needs,
and future requirements
Risk Check
Risk-free measurement of density
and refractive index
Step 2 Selection
Selection of the best suitable
analytical system
Step 3 Installation
Correct installation to guarantee
the best working conditions
Step 4 Qualification
Qualification of the process
and professional training
Step 5 Routine Operation
Tailored services for regular care
and maintenance. Trainings and
seminars
www.mt.com/GDRP
190
Take 5 minutes with our web
based risk checker to identify areas of risk which affect your process and estimate the reliability
of your density or refractive index
measurement.
www.mt.com/GDRP-riskcheck
Traceable Standards
Improved Data Security
The combined liquid standard reference materials from M
­ ETTLER TOLEDO facilitate reliable
performance verification. They are certified for both density value and refractive index at
three different temperatures (15, 20 and 25 °C). Combined measuring systems can be verified in one step. All the information contained in the certificates is coded in a barcode with
no need to input data manually when performing a system performance test or calibration.
Standard Reference Material
Water
Dodecane
2,4-dichlorotoluene
1-bromonapthalene
1)
2)
Density [g/cm3] at 20 °C 1)
0.998..
0.749..
1.250..
1.481..
Uncertainty: 0.00003 g/cm3
Uncertainty: 0.00002
Refractive Index at 20 °C 2)
1.333..
1.422..
1.546..
1.658..
Part No.
51338010
51338012
51338013
51338014
Typical values: May change from batch to batch
without prior notice
Installation and Qualification Pacs
Regulatory Compliance
Professionally executed installation and operational qualification (IQ/OQ) i­ncluding documentation
is offered by METTLER TOLEDO for LiquiPhysics™ ­Excellence instruments.
Service
IPac
Product Families
LiquiPhysics™ Excellence Density Meters
Product Types
DM40 / DM45 / DM50
DX40 / DX45 / DX50
Order No.
51710863
LiquiPhysics™ Excellence Refractometers
RM40 / RM50
RX40 / RX50
51710873
LiquiPhysics™ Excellence Density Meters
DM40 / DM45 / DM50
DX40 / DX45 / DX50
51710870
LiquiPhysics™ Excellence Refractometers
RM40 / RM50
RX40 / RX50
51710873
LiquiPhysics™ Excellence Density Meters
DM40 / DM45 / DM50
DX40 / DX45 / DX50
30047139
LiquiPhysics™ Excellence Refractometers
RM40 / RM50
RX40 / RX50
30047152
LabX Validation
Manual I generic
LiquiPhysics™ Excellence Density Meters
and Refractometers
DM40 / DM45 / DM50
RM40 / RM50
LabX Validation
Manual II specific
LiquiPhysics™ Excellence Density Meters
and Refractometers
DM40 / DM45 / DM50
RM40 / RM50
EQPac
EduPac
191
pH Meters
Quick and reliable pH measurements
pH Meters &
Electrodes
192
Overview
SevenExcellence™
SevenCompact™
Seven2Go™
SevenGo Duo™
FiveEasy™ and FiveGo™
InLab® Sensors
Buffers and Solutions
Good Electrochemistry Practice
Page
194 – 195
196 – 199
200 – 201
202 – 203
204 – 205
206 – 207
208 – 213
214 – 215
216 – 217
193
Overview
Quick and Reliable Measurements
For Results at Your Fingertips
Over 65 years of sensor innovation
combined with ­cleverly designed
instruments have resulted in
a ­product range of unparalleled
quality and flexibility. Whatever
you need to measure, be it pH,
ORP, ion concentration, conductivity or dissolved oxygen, ­METTLER
TOLEDO with its long-term experience ­provides you with the electrochemical equipment you need.
Benchtop series Seven
Seven is your flexible, reliable
and easy to use lab tool. The
heart of a Seven laboratory
instrument is precision measurement technology.
SevenExcellence™
and SevenCompact™
Select the Right
Equipment for
pH, ORP, Ion,
­Conductivity or
Dissolved Oxygen
Measurement
194
Overview
These hand-held meters provide optimum convenience
and high performance during
mobile work, on the factory
floor or out in the field.
Five is the clever introduction
to pH, conductivity or oxygen
– ideal for those who have a
limited budget but still require
a reliable meter.
These sensors combine innovative technologies and glassblowing tradition for fast pH,
ORP, ion-selective, conductivity and DO analysis.
METTLER TOLEDO takes
pride in a long tradition
of producing complete measurement systems, including
a comprehensive range
of top quality solutions.
Buffers and Solutions
Buffers and Solutions
InLab® and LE Sensors
Sensors
FiveEasy™ and FiveGo™
Entry-level meter
series Five
Seven2Go™ and SevenGo Duo™
Portable series
Seven2Go™
195
SevenExcellence™
SevenExcellence™
Precise and Secure Instruments
SevenExcellence stands for convenient, easy-to-understand operation
­combined with high measurement accuracy and outstanding flexibility.
The operation of the instrument with its capacitive touchscreen and large
7 inch display is truly intuitive, reinforced by the availability of menus in
10 languages. The instrument can effectively cope with complex applications and stringent requirements in regulated markets, but it also provides added value for routine measurement tasks in the laboratory.
196
Efficient Processes
Solid Compliance
Sustainable Value
SevenExcellence™ has been
­designed with the objective of optimizing the workflow and making work in the laboratory more
efficient. Just one click is needed
to start a sample or a series of
measurements or an analysis
series with an optional autosampler. Once setup, data archiving
is a standard procedure that will
take place automatically following each analysis.
SevenExcellence comes with
security functions that support your workflow during
all phases of calibration,
measurement and archiving
processes. Suitable for routine
tasks as well as professional
measurements under stringent
GLP conditions. Connected to
LabX, SevenExcellence offers
perfect compliance support.
SevenExcellence offers flexibility on all levels, ranging from
the number of measurement
parame­ters to the choice of
a vast collection of peripheral
devices. The instrument's interfaces allow you to connect
peripherals simultaneously,
supporting your workflow in
the best possible way.
Unmatched performance
for various parameters
• pH
• Conductivity
• Ion concentration
• Dissolved oxygen/BOD
• Oxidation-reduction potential
For more information
www.mt.com/SevenExcellence
197
SevenExcellence™
Versatile and Manifold
Flexibility in all Respect
SevenExcellence™ offers flexibility on all levels, ranging
from the number of measurement parameters to the choice
of a vast collection of peripheral devices. The instrument's
interfaces allow you to connect peripherals simultaneously,
supporting your workflow in the best possible way.
Seven good reasons for SevenExcellence:
• Convenient touch screen operation – easy to learn, quick to work with
• Menu guidance in 10 languages – user-friendly operation
• Large, well arranged color display – information identifiable at a glance
• Modularly expandable at any time – high flexibility
• Many peripheral options – highly efficient
• Intelligent sensors – peace of mind, eliminating mistakes
• Comprehensive service offering, incl. EQPac – high uptime and compliance
198
Connectivity and
Peripherals
Professional User
Management
LabX Laboratory
Software
SevenExcellence has USB,
­Ethernet and RS232 interfaces,
allowing the connection of
a barcode reader, Rondolino
sample changer, USB stick,
network and METTLER TOLEDO
printers and a PC with LabX®
direct software.
SevenExcellence has an ingenious user management with
four levels from operator to administrator, each with progressively more rights. This allows
the assignment of rights to a
user that match his experience
and authorization level. The risk
of unintentional or unauthorized
changes of settings and deletion
of results is eliminated!
Connected to the LabX software
(see pages 18-21), SevenExcellence profits from many additional functionalities such as
report creation, compliance support (e.g. 21 CFR part 11) and
connection to ERP/LIMS systems. With LabX, the connection
to other METTLER TOLEDO lab
instruments is possible.
SevenExcellence™
Model
Channel
Parameter
Measuring range
Resolution & accuracy
InLab® sensor
Part No.
S400-Basic
1
pH
mV
Temp.
−2.000 … 20.000 pH;
−2000.0 … 2000.0 mV
−30.0 … 130.0 °C
0.001/0.01/0.1; ± 0.002
0.1/1; ± 0.1
0.1; ± 0.1
none
30046240
Expert Pro-ISM
30046241
S400-Kit
S400-Bio
Routine Pro-ISM
30046242
S400-Micro
Ultra-Micro-ISM
30092982
S400-uMix
Routine Pro-ISM and
uMix stirrer
30092983
none
30046244
731-ISM
30046245
Trace incl. flow cell
30046246
none
30046248
Expert Pro-ISM
30046249
S700-Basic
S700-Kit
Conductivity
Temp.
0.001 μS/cm … 2000 mS/cm
−30.0 … 130.0 °C
0.001 … 1; ± 0.5%
0.1; ± 0.1
pH
mV
Ion conentration
Temp.
−2.000 … 20.000 pH;
−2000.0 … 2000.0 mV
0 … 999 999 mg/L, ppm
−30.0 … 130.0 °C
0.001/0.01/0.1; ± 0.002
0.1/1; ± 0.1
0.001 … 1; ± 0.5%
0.1; ± 0.1
S700-Trace
S500-Basic
S500-Kit
S500-Bio
Routine Pro-ISM
30046250
perfectION™ Fluoride
30046251
0.001
± 0.1 mg/L from 0 … 8
± 0.2 mg/L from 8 … 20
± 10% from 20 … 50
0.1; ± 0.1
none
30092984
OptiOx
30092986
OptiOx
30092987
Dissolved Oxygen 0.000 … 99 mg/L, ppm
Temperature
0.001; ± 0.5%
0.1; ± 0.1
605-ISM
30092985
pH
mV
Conductivity
Temp.
see S400 and S700
see S400 and S700
none
30046252
Expert Pro-ISM
731-ISM
30046253
Pure Pro-ISM
741-ISM
30046254
see S470 and
S500
see S400, S700 and S500
see S400, S700 and S500
none
30046255
S479-Kit
see S470 and
S900
see S470 and S900
see S470 and S900
Expert Pro-ISM
731-ISM
OptiOx
30092988
S975-uMix
see S900, S700
and S500
see S900, S700 and S500
see S900, S700 and S500
Expert Pro-ISM
731-ISM, OptiOx and
uMix stirrer
30092989
S500-F
S900-Basic
Dissolved Oxygen 0.000 … 50 mg/L, ppm
S900-Kit
S900-BOD
Temperature
S600-Kit
S470-Basic
2
S470-Kit
S470-USP/EP
S475-Basic
3
−30.0 … 130.0 °C
Basic versions include:
Meter, the specified expansion units, uPlace electrode holder, semi-transparent cover, operating instructions, installation and quick guide, LabX® direct
pH PC software, declaration of conformity and test certificate. Electrode is NOT included.
Kit versions include:
As above plus appropriate electrode, buffer sachets and guides.
General accessories for SevenExcellence™
Description
pH/mV expansion unit
Conductivity expansion unit
pH/Ion expansion unit
DO/BOD expansion unit
uMix™ magnetic stirrer
uPlace™: Electrode holder (included in standard delivery)
US-P25 printer (with USB cable)
LogStraight™ fingerprint reader
Barcode reader body
USB cable for barcode reader (not included in with barcode reader body)
Rondolino sample changer, complete for SevenExcellence
USB A-B cable for LabX direct pH PC software (not included with LabX direct pH PC software)
Part No.
30034472
30034473
30034471
30034474
30040000
30019823
11124301
51192107
21901297
21901309
51302888
51191926
For more information
www.mt.com/SevenExcellence
199
SevenCompact™
SevenCompact™
Universal and Reliable Instruments
The SevenCompact™ series combines precise electrochemical measurement technologies with flexibility, innovative design and ease-of-use.
It can be universally employed and continues the tradition of the Seven
series from METTLER TOLEDO.
200
Large Customizable Color Display
The 4.3 inch high-resolution
color display has large digits and
well arranged icons making relevant information identifiable at
a glance. The color and contrast
can be adapted to your preferences and light conditions.
uFocus™ on the Essentials
The instrument gives you the
choice! In the normal screen
layout, all available information is visible. By switching to
the uFocus™ view you will not
be distracted by information
of less importance.
Total Flexibility with
Data Processing
Upon endpointing SevenCompact™ allows multiple archiving
options: the data can be stored,
printed or transferred to LabX
direct. Any combination of these
three options is possible giving
you total flexibility.
Intelligent Sensor Management
for Highest Security
Upon connection of an ISM sensor, the sensor’s ID is automatically identified. The most recent
sensor calibration data is transferred to the meter and is used
for ­subsequent measurements.
uPlace™ the Sensor Perfectly
The uPlace™ electrode arm can
be operated with one hand,
moving straight up and down
bringing the electrode into the
position where it works best for
your sample.
SevenCompact™
See SevenCompact in action
www.mt.com/sevencompact
SevenCompact™ S230-Kit
Model
Parameters
Measuring range
Resolution & accuracy
InLab® sensor
Part No.
S220-Basic (Instrument)
S220-Kit
S220-uMix
S220-Bio
S220-Micro
S220-U
S230-Basic (Instrument)
S230-Kit
S230-USP/EP
pH/mV*/Redox/Ion
concentration**/°C***
−2.000 … 20.000 pH
−2000.0 … 2000.0 mV
1.00E−9 … 9.99E+9
−30.0 … 130.0 °C
pH: 0.001/0.01/0.1; ±0.002
mV: 0.1/1; ±0.2
Ions: last signifi.digit; ±0.5%
°C: 0.1; ±0.1
Cond./TDS/Salinity/
Resistivity/°C
0.001µS/cm … 1000 mS/cm
−30.0 … 130.0 °C
0.001 … 1; ±0.5%
0.1 °C; ±0.1 °C
none
Expert Pro-ISM
Expert Pro-ISM
Routine Pro-ISM
Ultra-Micro-ISM
Versatile Pro
none
731-ISM
741-ISM
30019028
30019029
30096986
30019031
30096985
30019032
30019033
30019034
30019035
* Instrument can also measure rel. mV
** Ion concentration supports units mmol/L, mol/L, ppm, mg/L, % and pX
*** Temperature display choice between °C and °F. ATC temperature range is –5.0 … 130.0 °C
SevenCompact™
Seven good reasons for SevenCompact™
General accessories for SevenCompact™
• Top sensors
fast and accurate measurements
• Menu guidance in 12 languages
user-friendly operation
• Clear, well arranged color display
quick to learn
• Many printing and data storage options
GLP compliant
• Professional peripheral options
highly efficient
• Intelligent sensors
peace of mind
• Full fledged service offering
high uptime and compliance
Description
uPlace™: Electrode holder (included in standard delivery)
uMix™ magnetic stirrer
Protective cover (included in standard delivery)
RS-P25 printer (with RS232 cable)
Barcode reader body
USB cable for barcode reader (not included with barcode reader body)
LabX direct PC software
USB A-B cable 1.8m for LabX direct PC software (not included with LabX direct PC software)
Guide to pH measurement (included in kit versions)
Guide to conductivity measurement (included in kit versions)
Part No.
30019823
30040000
30019824
11124300
21901297
21901309
51302876
51191926
51300058
30099121
Non kit versions include:
Meter, electrode arm, in-use cover, calibration certificate, declaration of conformity; Electrode is NOT included
Kit versions include:
As above plus appropriate electrode, buffer sachets and guides
201
Seven2Go™
Seven2Go™
Quality Measurement Made Mobile
Range of Accessory for Each
Situation
• Robust Carry Case uGo™
(IP67)
• LabX direct pH software
(pro only)
202
Laboratory: Fast Quality Data
At-Line: One-Handed Operation
Outdoors: Durable Investment
• Simple Menu – Intuitive
Operation
• ISM compatible – Automatic
sensor recognition reduces
chances for error
• T-Pad Comfortable, Fast
Navigation
• Endpoint Signaling, auto
endpoint
• IP67 Waterproof Data
Transmission
• Outdoor Mode – Maximize
Battery Life
Seven2Go™
Seven2Go instrument models
Order Number
Measuring Range
Seven2Go S2
Seven2Go S3
Seven2Go S4
30207949 (Meter Only)
30207954 (Meter Only)
30207958 (Meter Only)
pH: −2.00 … 20.00 ±0.01
Cond.: 0.010 µS/cm … 500.0 mS/cm ±0.5% DO: 0.00 … 99.99 mg/L 0.2 mg/L (0 ...15 mg/L);
±10% (15 ... 60 mg/L)
Rel. mV: −1999 … 1999 mV ±1
TDS: 0.01 mg/L … 300.00 g/L ±0.5%
Pressure: 500 … 1100 mbar ±2%
Temp.: −5.0 … 105.0 °C ±0.5
Spec. Res.: 0.010 … 1000 MΩcm ±0.5%
Temp.: 0.0 … 60.0 °C ±0.2
Sal.: 0.01 … 42.00 psu ±0.5%
Cond. Ash: 0.01 … 2022.00% ±0.5%
Temp.:−5.0 … 105.0 °C ±0.2 °C
Sensor connector
All Seven 2Go
Order Number
Measuring Range
BNC/RCA (cinch) (both IP67)
BNC/RCA(cinch) (both IP67)
LTW 7-pin (IP67)
Memory: 200; Operating hours: 250 … 400h; Display: Segmented LCD;
Seven2Go S8
Seven2Go S7
Seven2Go S9
30207874 (Meter Only)
30207961 (Meter Only)
30207970 (Meter Only)
pH: −2.000 … 20.000 ±0.002
Cond.: 0.010 µS/cm … 1000 mS/cm ±0.5%
DO: 0.00 … 50.00 mg/L ±0.1 mg/L (0 ... 8);
±0.2mg/L (8 … 20); ±10% (20 ... 50)
Rel. mV: −2000.0 … 2000.0 mV ±0.1
TDS: 0.01 mg/L … 600.00 g/L ±0.5%
Pressure: 500 … 1100 mbar ±2%
Ion: 1.000e−9 … 9.999+09 ±0.5%
Spec. Res.:0.01 … 100.00 MΩcm ±0.5%
Temp.: 0.0 … 5.0 °C ±0.1
Temp. ATC: −5.0 … 130.0 °C ±0.2
Sal.: 0.01 … 42.00 psu ±0.5%
Temp. MTC: −30 … 130 ±0.2
Cond. Ash: 0.01 … 2022.00% ±0.5%
BNC/RCA (cinch) (both IP67)
LTW 7-pin (IP67)
Temp.: −5.0 … 105.0°C ±0.1 °C
Dissolved
Oxygen
Conductivity
pH/mV, ORP, Ion
Sensor connector
All Seven 2Go Pro
Mini LTW (IP67)
Memory: 2000 (GLP conform); Operating hours: 200 … 250h; Display: Graphic LCD; Micro USB connection, 12 Languages, LabX direct
Seven2Go Meter Kits
Order No.
S2-Standard kit with InLab Expert Go-ISM sensor
30207950
Ideally suited for
wide range of samples including emulsions and suspensions
S2-Field kit with InLab Expert Go-ISM sensor & uGoTM carrying case
30207951
as above, but especially for measurements on the go
S2-Food kit with InLab Solids Go-ISM sensor & uGo carrying case
30207952
solid and semi-solid samples like cheese and meat
S2-Light kit with InLab Versatile Pro sensor
30207953
accademic and educational purposes
S8-Standard kit with InLab Expert Go-ISM sensor
30207975
wide range of samples, also suited for emulsions and suspensions
S8-Field kit with InLab Expert Go-ISM sensor & uGo carrying case
30207875
as above, but especially for measurements on the go
S8-Biotechnology kit with Routine Go-ISM sensor
30207878
fast results in a wide range of samples including harsh chemicals
S8-Fluoride kit with perfectION™ Fluoride sensor
30207879
aqueous samples, tooth paste and mouth wash
aqueous samples with mid to high conductivity
S3-Standard kit with InLab 738-ISM sensor
30207955
S3-Field kit with InLab 738-ISM sensor and uGo carrying case
30207956
as above, but especially for measurements on the go
S3-Bioethanol kit with InLab 725 sensor and uGo carrying case
30207957
bioethanol and biofuels
aqueous samples with mid to high conductivity
S7-Standard kit with InLab 738-ISM sensor
30207962
S7-Field kit with InLab 738-ISM sensor and uGo carrying case
30207963
as above, but especially for measurements on the go
S7-USP/EP kit with InLab 738-ISM sensor and uGo carrying case
30207973
ultra-pure water and low conductivity samples
S4-Standard kit with InLab 605-ISM sensor
30207959
aqueous samples, alcoholic and non-alcoholic beverages
S4-Field kit with InLab 605-ISM sensor & uGo carrying case
30207960
as above, but especially for measurements on the go
S9-Standard kit with InLab OptiOx sensor
30207971
fast results in aqueous samples
S9-Field kit with InLab OptiOx sensor & uGo carrying case
30207972
as above, but especially for measurements on the go
BOD measurements in all types of water samples
S9-BOD kit with InLab OptiOx sensor, BODadapter and uGo carrying case
30207939
Robust Carry Case uGo™ (IP67)
30122300
for measurements on the go or to securely store the instrument
LabX direct pH software (Pro only)
51302876
transfer data to PC
203
SevenGo Duo™
SevenGo Duo™
Mobile Dual Channel Measurements
The SevenGo Duo™ combines ease-of-use, quality and reliable measurement
functions. The instrument is designed in such a way, that a single keystroke
triggers a calibration run, a measurement or allows access of stored results
or system settings.
SevenGo Duo™
At a glance
The rotatable electrode clip can
be attached on the left, right or
on both sides of all instruments.
It allows measurements to be
taken with just one hand and
is a convenient, space-saving
way of storing electrodes.
The large SevenGo Duo™ display shows all relevant setting
and highlights the most important items. You can read the
measurement value and check
the state of the electrode at
a glance. The results of parallel
measurements appear in alternating fashion on the display.
An ergonomic masterpiece
SevenGo Duo™ fits neatly into your hand,
regardless of whether you are right- or lefthanded. The size of the buttons reflects their importance. SevenGo Duo™ is so easy to use you
can really save time.
SevenGo Duo Meter Kits
SG23 Electrode kit with InLab Expert Go-ISM and InLab 738-ISM
SG23 Field Kit with InLab InLab 738-ISM and InLab 738-ISM
SG23 Field kit 5m with InLab Expert Go-ISM and InLab 738-ISM
SG68 Electrode Kit with InLab Expert Go-ISM and InLab 605 ISM
SG68 Field Kit with InLab Expert Go-ISM and InLab 605 ISM
SG68 Field Kit 5m with InLab Expert Go-ISM and InLab 605 ISM
SG78 Electrode Kit with InLab Expert Go-ISM and InLab 738-ISM
SG78 Field Kit with InLab Expert Go-ISM and InLab 738-ISM
SG78 Field Kit 5m with Expert Go-ISM and InLab 738-ISM
SG78 Field Kit USP/EP with InLab Expert Go-ISM and InLab 742-ISM
SG98 Electrode kit with InLab Expert Go-ISM and InLab OptiOx
SG98 Field kit with InLab Expert Go-ISM and InLab OptiOx
SG98 Field kit 5m with Expert Go-ISM and InLab OptiOx
204
Order No.
51302601
51302602
51302603
51302611
51302612
51302613
51302621
51302622
51302623
51302625
51302662
51302663
51302664
Remarks
Includes UGo carry case, pH buffer sachets and cal. bottles
Includes UGo carry case, pH buffer sachets and cal. bottles
Includes UGo carry case, pH buffer sachets and cal. bottles
Includes UGo carry case, pH buffer sachets, 5m Cables and cal. bottles
Includes UGo carry case, pH buffer sachets and cal. bottles
Includes UGo carry case, pH buffer sachets, 5m Cables and cal. bottles
Includes UGo carry case, pH buffer sachets and cal. bottles
Includes UGo carry case, pH buffer sachets and cal. bottles
Includes UGo carry case, pH buffer sachets, 5m Cables and cal. bottles
SevenGo Duo™
Order Nr. (Meter Only): 51302600
SevenGo Duo SG23
pH
mV
Measuring range channel 1
0.00 … 14.00 ±0.01
−1999 … 1999 ±1
Temperature
Sensor connector
−5.0 … 105.0 ±0.5 °C
BNC, RCA/(cinch) (both IP67)
Measuring range channel 2
0.01 µS/cm … 500.00 mS/cm ±0.5%
0.01 mg/L … 300.00 g/L ±0.5%
0.00 … 100.00 MΩcm ±0.5%
0.00 … 80.00 ppt ±0.5%
−5.0 … 105.0 ±0.2 °C
LTW 7-pin (IP67)
Order Nr. (Meter Only): 51302610
SevenGo Duo pro SG68
pH
mV
Ions (mg/L; mol/L; ppm)
Temperature
Sensor connector
Measuring range channel 1
−2.000 … 20.000 ±0.002
−1999.9 … 1999.9 ±0.1
1.00e−9 … 9.99e+9 ±0.5%
−5.0 (−30.0)… 130.0 ±0.2 °C ATC (MTC)
BNC, RCA/(cinch) (both IP67)
Measuring range channel 2
0.0 … 600.0 % ±0.5%
0.00 … 99.00 mg/L ±0.5%
500 … 1100 ±1 mbar
0.0 … 60.0 ±0.1 °C
BNC, RCA/(cinch) (both IP67)
Measuring range channel 1
−2.000 … 20.000 ±0.002
−1999.9 … 1999.9 ±0.1
1.00e−9 … 9.99e+9 ±0.5%
Temperature
Sensor connector
−5.0 (−30.0 )… 130.0 ±0.2 °C ATC (MTC)
BNC, RCA/(cinch) (both IP67)
Oxygen saturation
Oxygen
Pressure
Temperature
Sensor connector
Order Nr. (Meter Only): 51302620
SevenGo Duo pro SG78
pH
mV
Ions (mg/L; mol/L; ppm)
Conductivity
TDS
Spec. Res.
Salinity
Temperature
Sensor connector
Measuring range channel 2
0.01 µS/cm … 1000.00 mS/cm ±0.5%
0.01 mg/L … 600.00 g/L ±0.5%
0.00 … 100.00 MΩcm ±0.5%
0.00 … 80.00 ppt ±0.5%
−5.0 (−30.0 ) … 130.0 ±0.2 °C ATC (MTC)
LTW 7-pin (IP67)
Conductivity
TDS
Spec. Res.
Salinity
Temperature
Sensor connector
Order Nr. (Meter Only): 51302661
SevenGo Duo pro SG98
pH
mV
Measuring range channel 1
−2.000 … 20.000 ±0.002
−1999.9 … 1999.9 ±0.1
Measuring range channel 2
0.0 … 500.0% ±10%
0.00 mg/L … 50.00 mg/L ±0.1(0 .. 8);
±0.2(8..20); ±10% (20..50)
Oxygen Saturation
Oxygene
Ions (mg/L; mol/L; ppm)
Temperature
Sensor connector
1.00e−9 … 9.99e+9 ±0.5%
−5.0 (−30.0 ) … 130.0 ±0.2 °C ATC (MTC)
BNC, RCA/(cinch) (both IP67)
500 … 1100 ±1 mbar
0.0 … 50.0 ±0.1 °C
MiniLTW 7-pin (IP67)
Pressure
Temperature
Sensor connector
For more information:
www.mt.com/SevenGo
205
FiveEasy™ and FiveGo™
Simplify Your Lab
pH Measurement for the Budget-Minded
The compact FiveEasy bench meters and the waterproof FiveGo portable
meters for measuring pH, conductivity and dissolved oxygen are easy to
operate thanks to intuitive keypads and large displays. Robust electrodes
and helpful accessories complement the meters in the kit versions.
206
FiveEasy™ Bench Meters
FiveGo™ Portable Meters
Ideally suited for applications
in the laboratory.
The new FiveEasy and FiveEasy Plus
benchtop instruments provide quality pH/
mV or conductivity measurements with the
simple click of a button. Compact in design,
and featuring various data export opportunities, the FiveEasy series instruments are
the perfect companion to get reliable measurement data, all at a rea­sonable price.
Ideally suited for mobile applications
in the laboratory, at-line, or outdoors.
The new FiveGo portable instruments
provide quality pH/mV, conductivity or
dissolved oxygen measurement with the
simple click of a button. The robust and
waterproof design makes the FiveGo instruments the perfect companion to get reliable
measurement data in wet conditions.
FiveEasy™ and FiveGo™
At a Glance
Besides the simultaneous display
of measured value and temperature, various helpful icons
inform you immediately about
the condition of your electrode
and whether a measurement is in
progress or whether the reading
is already stable.
Useful Accessories
Useful accessories such as
electrode clip and wrist strap are
included with every FiveGo meter.
The field kit comes additionally
with a handy carrying case and
sample bottles.
For more information please order our latest Five Series
Brochure
www.mt.com/pH
Mode
FiveGo pH F2
FiveEasy pH F20
FiveGo Conductivity F3
FiveEasy Conductivity F30
FiveGo DO F4
FiveEasy Plus pH
FP20
FiveEasy Plus
Conductivity FP30
Measuring
Range
0.00 – 14.00 pH
−2000 – 2000 mV
0.0 °C – 100 °C
(32 °F … 212 °F)
0.00 uS/cm … 200.0 mS/cm
(Conductivity)
0.0 mg/l … 200.0 g/l(TDS)
0.0 °C – 100.0 °C (32 °F …
212 °F)
0.0 ... 199.9%,
200 … 400%
0.0 to 45.0 mg/L
0.0 … 45.0 ppm
0.0 … 50.0 ppt
0.0 °C – 50.0 °C
500 … 1100 mbar
−2.00 – 16.00 pH
−2000 – 2000 mv
−5.0 °C – 105.0 °C
(23 – 221 °F)
0.00 uS/cm … 500.0 mS/cm
(Conductivity)
0.0 mg/l … 300.0 g/l(TDS)
0.00 … 42.00 psu (Salinity)
−5.0 °C – 105.0 °C (23 – 221
°F)
Resolution
0.01 pH/1 mV/0.1 °C
Automatic range/0.1 °C
0.1/1% / 0.01 / 0.1 mg/L
0.01/0.1 ppm / 0.1 °C /
1 mbar
0.01/0.1 pH
1 mV
0.1 °C
Automatic range
0.01 … 0.1 psu (Salinity)
0.1 °C
Accuracy
± 0.01 pH / ± 1 mV / ±0.5% of the measured value ±1%/ ±1%/ ±1% /
± 0.5 °C
/ ± 0.5 °C
±0.3 °C
±0.01 pH
±1 mV
0.3 °C
±0.5% of the measured
value
0.3 °C
FiveEasy
Mode
F20-Meter
F20-Standard Kit
FP20-Meter
FP20-Standard Kit
FP20-Bio Kit
FP20-Micro
FP20-TRIS
F30-Meter
F30-Standard Kit
FP30-Meter
FP30-Standard Kit
FiveGo
Probe
none
LE438
none
LE438
LE410
LE422
LE420
none
LE703
none
LE703
Part No.
30266658
30266626
30266627
30266628
30266629
30266940
30266941
30266942
30266943
30266944
30266945
Mode
F2-Meter
F2-Standard Kit
F2-Field Kit
F2-Food Kit
F3-Meter
F3-Standard Kit
F3-Field Kit
F4-Meter
F4-Standard Kit
F4-Field Kit
Probe
none
LE438 IP67
LE438 IP67
LE427 IP67
none
LE703 IP67
LE703 IP67
none
LE621 IP67
LE621 IP67
Part No.
30266946
30266889
30266882
30266881
30266883
30266888
30266887
30266884
30266885
30266886
Non kit versions include:
Meter, operating manual, power adapter (FiveEasy™ only), batteries (FiveGo™ only), electrode clip (FiveGo™ only), wrist strap (FiveGo™ only). Electrode
is NOT included
Kit versions include:
as above plus appropriate electrode, electrode arm (FiveEasy™ only), carrying case incl. 4 sample bottles (Field kits only), buffer sachets and guides
207
InLab® Sensors and Solutions
InLab® Sensors
The Right Electrode for your Application
METTLER TOLEDO electrodes have been synonymous with quality for over 65
years. Our product offering covers the vast majority of applica-tions both for
laboratory and field measurement. Just look through our portfolio to find the
right electrode for your application.
Simplify your Sensor Selection:
www.mt.com/Electrode-Guide
M
o
Pr
IS
sa
b®
Ve
r
La
In
sy
b®
Ea
La
In
In
La
b®
Po
we
r
tile
oPr
ax
b®
M
La
In
In
La
b®
Sc
b®
Ex
La
In
M
IS
oPr
ce
pe
ut
b®
Ro
La
In
Name
Routine Electrodes
InLab ® Routine
InLab ® Routine Pro
InLab ® Routine Pt1000
InLab ® Routine Pro-ISM
Features/Description
Connector
Part No.
Combined pH glass electrode with a ceramic diaphragm for fast results; TRIS compatible
Shaft length: 120mm
S7
51343050
With temperature probe (NTC 30 kΩ)
MultiPin™
51343054
With temperature probe (Pt1000)
MultiPin™
51343056
With temperature probe (NTC 30 kΩ) and ISM
MultiPin™
51343055
Expert
InLab ®
InLab ®
InLab ®
InLab ®
InLab ®
InLab ®
InLab ®
Combined pH electrode with a PEEK shaft; clog-free open junction; maintenance-free
Shaft length: 120mm
S7
51343100
With temperature probe (NTC 30 kΩ) and 1.2 m fixed cable
BNC/RCA
51343101
With temperature probe (NTC 30 kΩ), fixed cable 1.2m and ISM
BNC/RCA
30014096
With temperature probe (NTC 30 kΩ) and 2 m fixed cable
BNC/RCA
51343102
With temperature probe (Pt1000) and fixed cable 1.2m
DIN/4 mm banana 51343103
With temperature probe (NTC 30 kΩ)
MultiPin™
51343104
With temperature probe (Pt1000)
MultiPin™
51343105
Electrodes
Expert
Expert Pro
Expert Pro-ISM
Expert Pro-2m-ISM
Expert DIN
Expert NTC30
Expert Pt1000
Name
Features/Description
Electrodes for General Purpose
InLab® Science
Movable glass sleeve
Movable glass sleeve; temperature probe (NTC 30 kΩ) and ISM)
InLab® Science Pro-ISM
InLab® Max Pro-ISM
Immovable glass sleeve; with temperature probe (NTC 30 kΩ) and ISM
Connector
Part No.
S7
MultiPin™
MultiPin™
51343070
51343072
30248830
InLab® Power
Pressurized reference system Steady Force™
S7
51343110
InLab Power Pro-ISM
InLab® Easy
InLab® Easy BNC
InLab® Versatile Pro
With temp. probe (NTC 30 kΩ) Steady Force™ and ISM; Shaft length 170 mm
Gel-filled; polysulfone shaft
Gel-filled; polysulfone shaft; 1.2 m fixed cable
Liquid-filled; polysulfone shaft; with temperature probe (NTC 30 kΩ)
1.2 m fixed cable
MultiPin™
S7
BNC
BNC/RCA
51344211
51343010
51343011
51343031
®
208
ien
rt
in
e
Pr
Pr
o-
o-
IS
IS
M
M
pH Electrodes for General Purpose
InLab® Sensors and Solutions
Name
Micro Electrode
InLab® Nano
InLab® Ultra Micro ISM
InLab® Micro
InLab® Micro Pro-ISM
InLab® Semi-Micro
InLab® Semi-Micro-L
InLab® Flex-Micro
InLab® NMR
InLab® Reach 225
InLab® Reach Pro-225
InLab® Reach Pt1000-225
InLab® Reach 425
InLab® Reach Pro-425
InLab® Reach Pt1000-425
R
xM
icr
o
icr
o
i-M
In
La
b®
Fle
IIn
La
b®
NM
In
La
b®
Se
m
icr
o
In
La
b®
M
icr
o
In
La
b®
Ul
In
La
b®
M
tra
In
La
b®
Na
no
M
icr
o
Pr
oIS
M
pH Specialist: Micro Electrode and Long Electrodes
Features/Description
Connector
Part No.
1.7 mm shaft diameter, with bevel needle and 1 m fixed cable
3 mm shaft diameter, min. sample volume 15 µL
3 mm shaft diameter, min. sample volume 45 µL
5 mm shaft diameter; with temperature probe (NTC 30 kΩ) and ISM
6 mm shaft diameter; maintenance-free
6 mm shaft diameter; shaft length: 230 mm
Flexible shaft; shaft length: 180 mm; 1 m fixed cable
3 mm shaft diameter; shaft length 200 mm
Shaft length: 225 mm
Shaft length: 225 mm; with temperature probe (NTC 30 kΩ)
Shaft length: 225 mm; with temperature probe (Pt1000)
Shaft length: 425 mm
Shaft length: 425 mm; with temperature probe (NTC 30 kΩ)
Shaft length: 400 mm; with temperature probe (Pt1000)
BNC
MultiPin™
S7
MultiPin™
S7
S7
BNC
S7
S7
MultiPin™
MultiPin™
S7
MultiPin™
MultiPin™
30092990
30244732
51343160
51344163
51343165
51343161
51343164
59904572
30244733
30248826
30248828
30248120
51343061
51343062
Name
Specific Applications
InLab® Solids
InLab® Solids Pro-ISM
InLab® Viscous
InLab® Viscous Pro-ISM
InLab® Dairy
InLab® Surface
InLab® Surface Pro-ISM
InLab® Cool
InLab® Cool Pro-ISM
InLab® Pure
InLab® Pure Pro-ISM
InLab® Water Go
InLab® Hydrofluoric
M
Go
er
b®
W
at
La
In
re
b®
Pu
La
In
ol
b®
Co
La
In
Pr
Pr
o
o-
-IS
IS
M
IS
M
oPr
ce
In
La
b®
Su
rfa
ry
b®
Di
a
La
In
b®
Vis
c
La
In
In
La
b®
So
lid
s
ou
s
Pr
o-
Pr
o
IS
-IS
M
M
pH Specialist: Specific Applications
Features/Description
Connector
Part No.
Puncture electrode with spear tip; maintenance-free
Puncture electrode with temp. probe (NTC 30 kΩ) and ISM; maintenance-free
Pressurized reference system Steady Force™; special thin tip
With temperature probe (NTC 30 kΩ) and Steady Force™; special thin tip
Triple ceramic junction
Flat-ended membrane; polysulfone shaft
Flat-ended membrane; polysulfone shaft with temp. probe (NTC 30 kΩ) and ISM
Temperature range: −30 °C … 80 °C
Temperature range: −30 °C … 80 °C with temp. probe (NTC 30 kΩ) and ISM
For pure water
For ultra-pure water; with temperature probe (NTC 30 kΩ) and ISM
For weak surface water, polysulfone shaft with temperature probe (NTC 30 kΩ)
Special HF resistance membrane
S7
MultiPin™
S7
MultiPin™
S7
S7
MultiPin™
S7
MultiPin™
S7
MultiPin™
BNC/RCA
S7
51343153
51343155
51343150
51343151
59904591
51343157
30249570
51343174
30247850
51343170
51343172
30253098
51343176
209
InLab® Sensors and Solutions
pH Half-Cells and Reference Electrodes
Name
InLab ®
InLab ®
InLab ®
InLab ®
InLab ®
Mono
Mono Plus
Reference
Reference Plus
Reference Flow
Features/Description
pH half-cell
pH half-cell
Reference electrode
Reference electrode with PTFE sleeve
Reference electrode with triple ceramic diaphragm
BNC Cable
30281915
30281915
30281923
30281923
30281923
Cable for Titrator
089601
089601
52300015
52300015
52300015
Connector
S7
S7
S7
S7
S7
Part No.
51343195
51343196
51343190
51343191
51343192
ORP/Redox Electrodes
Name
ORP/Redox Electrodes
InLab ® Redox
InLab ® Redox-L
InLab ® Redox Flow
InLab ® Redox Micro
InLab ® Redox Au
InLab ® Redox Ag
Features/Description
Combined
Combined
Combined
Combined
Combined
Combined
electrode
electrode
electrode
electrode
electrode
electrode
with
with
with
with
with
with
Connector Part No.
a
a
a
a
a
a
platinum ring
platinum ring; shaft length: 170 mm
platinum ring and a movable sleeve-junction
platinum ring; shaft diameter: 6 mm
gold ring
silver ring; KNO3 electrolyte
S7
S7
S7
S7
S7
S7
51343200
51343202
51343201
51343203
51343204
51343205
Connector
S7
S7
RCA
Part No.
51343310
51343312
51300164
Temperature Sensors
Name
InLab® NTC 30 kΩ
InLab® Pt1000
NTC 30 kΩ
Features/Description
Temperature sensor in glass shaft
Temperature sensor in glass shaft
Temperature sensor in stainless steel
www.mt.com/Electrode-Guide
Conductivity Probes
Name
InLab®
InLab®
InLab®
InLab®
InLab®
InLab®
InLab®
InLab®
InLab®
InLab®
731
731-ISM
741
741-ISM
Trace-ISM
710
720
725
751-4
752-6
Types
4 graphite poles; epoxy shaft
4 graphite poles; epoxy shaft; with ISM
2 steel poles; stainless steel shaft
2 steel poles; stainless steel shaft; ISM
2 titanium poles; epoxy shaft
4 platinum poles; glass shaft
2 platinum poles; glass shaft
2 platinum poles; glass shaft
2 platinum poles; shaft diameter: 4 mm
2 platinum poles; shaft diameter: 6 mm
Measuring Range
10 μS/cm … 1000 mS/cm
10 μS/cm … 1000 mS/cm
0.001μS/cm … 500 μS/cm
0.001μS/cm … 500 μS/cm
0.0001 μS/cm … 1000 μS/cm
10 μS/cm … 500 mS/cm
0.1 μS/cm … 500 μS/cm
0.1 μS/cm … 500 μS/cm
0.01 mS/cm … 100 mS/cm
0.01 mS/cm … 100 mS/cm
Cell Constant
0.57 cm−1
0.57 cm−1
0.105 cm−1
0.105 cm−1
0.01 cm−1
0.80 cm−1
0.06 cm−1
0.10 cm−1
1.0 cm−1
1.0 cm−1
Connector
Mini DIN
Mini DIN
Mini DIN
Mini DIN
Mini-LTW
Mini DIN
Mini DIN
Mini DIN
Mini DIN
Mini DIN
Part No.
51344020
30014092
51344024
30014094
30014097
51302256
51302255
30014160
51344030
51344031
Cables
Connection
MultiPin™
MultiPin™
MultiPin™
MultiPin™
MultiPin™
MultiPin™
MultiPin™
MultiPin™
S7
S7
S7
S7
S7
S7
S7
S7
S7
S7
S7
210
Plug
BNC/RCA (Cinch)
BNC/RCA (Cinch)
BNC/RCA (Cinch)
BNC/RCA (Cinch) IP67
BNC/ 1 x 4 mm
DIN 19262/RCA
DIN 19262/ 1 x 4 mm
Lemo 00/ 2 x 4 mm
BNC
BNC
BNC
BNC IP67
DIN 19262
DIN 19262
DIN 19262
Lemo 00
4 x 4 mm banana
2 x 4 mm banana
RCA (Cinch)
Length
1.2 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
1.8 m
1.2 m
1.2 m
1.2 m
1.2 m
1.2 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
1.2 m
1.2 m
3.0 m
5.0 m
1.2 m
1.2 m
1.2 m
1.2 m
Part No.
30281896
30281897
30281898
30281913
30281899
30281910
30281911
30281912
30281915
30281916
30281917
30281918
30281919
30281920
30281921
30281925
30281922
30281923
30281924
MultiPin™ Connection
S7 Connection
pH Meters
Sensors for Portable Meters
Name
InLab
InLab ®
InLab ®
InLab ®
InLab ®
InLab ®
InLab ®
®
Feature/Description
Sensors for Portables pH
Expert Go-ISM
Expert Go-5m-ISM
Expert Go-10m-ISM
Expert Go
Routine Go-ISM
Solids Go-ISM
Conductivity
InLab ® 738-ISM
InLab ® 738-ISM-5m
InLab ® 738-ISM-10m
InLab ® 738
InLab ® 742-ISM
InLab ® 742-ISM-5m
InLab ® 742
Dissolved Oxygen*
InLab ® 605-ISM
InLab ® 605-ISM 5m
InLab ® 605-ISM 10m
InLab ® 605
InLab ® OptiOx ISM
InLab ® OptiOx 5m ISM
InLab ® OptiOx 10m ISM
Cable Length Connector
Combined pH electrode with a PEEK shaft; clog-free open junc- 1.8 m
tion; maintenance-free; with a temperature probe (NTC 30 kΩ), 5 m
fixed cable and ISM
10 m
As Expert Go-ISM but without ISM
With temperature probe (NTC 30 kΩ) and ISM
1.8 m
Puncture electrode with temp. probe (NTC 30 kΩ) ; maintenance-free 1.8 m
Type: 4 graphite poles; epoxy shaft; with fixed cable and ISM
Measuring range: 10 μS/cm … 1000 mS/cm
Cell constant: 0.57 cm−1
As InLab® 738-ISM but without ISM
Type: 2 steel poles; stainless steel shaft; with fixed cable and ISM
Measuring range: 0.001 µS/cm … 500 µS/cm; Cell const.: 105 cm-1
As InLab® 738-ISM but without ISM
Polarographic DO sensor with temperature probe (NTC 22 kΩ),
fixed cable and ISM; shaft material: PPS
As InLab® 605-ISM but without ISM
Optical DO sensor with temperature probe, fixed cable and ISM;
shaft material: PC / ABS
BNC/RCA
BNC/RCA
BNC/RCA
Part No.
BNC/RCA
BNC/RCA
51344102
51344103
51344104
51340288
30248832
51343156
1.8 m
5m
10 m
1.8 m
1.8 m
5m
1.8 m
LTW
LTW
LTW
LTW
LTW
LTW
LTW
51344110
51344112
51344114
51344120
51344116
51344118
51344126
1.8 m
5m
10 m
1.8 m
1.8 m
5m
10 m
BNC/RCA
BNC/RCA
BNC/RCA
BNC/RCA
Mini-LTW
Mini-LTW
Mini-LTW
51344611
51344612
51344613
51340291
51344621
51344622
51344623
* The DO sensors can also be used with SevenExcellence™
211
pH Meters
Combined ISE: perfectION™ Series
212
Ion
Name
Connector
Part No.
Calcium
Combined Ca2+
Chloride
Combined Cl−
Copper
Combined Cu2+
Cyanide
Combined CN−
Fluoride
Combined F-
Iodide
Combined I−
Lead
Combined Pb2+
Nitrate
Combined NO3−
Potassium
Combined K+
Silver/Sulphide
Combined Ag+/S2−
Sodium
Combined Na+
1,2 m; BNC
1,2 m; Lemo
1,2 m; BNC
1,2 m; Lemo
1,2 m; BNC
1,2 m; Lemo
1,2 m; BNC
1,2 m; Lemo
1,2 m; BNC
1,2 m; Lemo
1,2 m; BNC
1,2 m; Lemo
1,2 m; BNC
1,2 m; Lemo
1,2 m; BNC
1,2 m; Lemo
1,2 m; BNC
1,2 m; Lemo
1,2 m; BNC
1,2 m; Lemo
S7
51344703
51344803
51344706
51344806
51344712
51344812
51344709
51344809
51344715
51344815
51344718
51344818
51344730
51344830
51344727
51344827
51344721
51344821
51344700
51344800
51344724
Reference
electrolyte
Part No.
Ion Electrolyte A
51344750
Membrane
module
Part No.
51344850
ISA Solution
Part No.
51344761
Ion Electrolyte B
51344751
n/a
51344760
Ion Electrolyte D
51344753
n/a
51344760
Ion Electrolyte B
51344751
n/a
10 mol/L NaOH
Ion Electrolyte A
51344750
n/a
51344765
Ion Electrolyte D
51344753
n/a
51344760
Ion Electrolyte B
51344751
n/a
5 mol/L NaClO4
Ion Electrolyte F
51344755
51344852
51344763
Ion Electrolyte E
51344754
51344851
51344762
Ion Electrolyte B
51344751
n/a
Ag+: 51344760
S−2: see manual
3 mol/KCl
51350072
n/a
NH4Cl / NH4OH
InLab® Sensors and Solutions
ISE Half-Cells: DX Series
Ion
Name
Part No.
Ammonium
Barium
Bromide
Cadmium
Calcium
Chloride
Copper
Cyanide
Fluoride
Iodide
Lead
Lithium
Nitrate
Potassium
Sodium
Sulphide (Silver)
Thiocyanate
NH3 GSE
DX218-NH4+
DX337-Ba+
DX280-Br−
DX312-Cd2+
DX240-Ca2+
DX235-Cl−
DX264-Cu2+
DX226-CN−
DX219-F−
DX327-I−
DX407-Pb2+
DX207-Li+
DX262-NO3−
DX239-K+
DX223-Na+
DX232-S2−
DX258-SCN−
Ammonia
51340900
51107674
51340300
51107672
51340600
51340400
51107678
51107681
51340500
51107680
51107873
51107673
51340800
51340700
51340263
51107675
51107870
51341000
Membrane Kit
Part No
51340012
51107688
51340006
51107686
51340009
51340007
51107692
51107695
51340008
51107694
51107874
51107687
51340011
51340010
n/a
51107689
51107871
51340013
Filling Solution
Part No
51340035
51107892
51340029
51107891
51340032
51340030
51107889
51107893
51340031
51107898
51107875
51107881
51340034
51340033
n/a
51107894
51107872
51340036
ISA Solution
0.5 mol/L MgSO4
1 mol/L Tris2 HCl
1 mol/L KNO3
1 mol/L KNO3
4 mol/L KCl
1 mol/L KNO3
1 mol/L KNO3
10 mol/L NaOH
TISAB III
1 mol/L KNO3
1 mol/L KNO3
0.5 mol/L MgSO4
0.5 mol/L MgSO4
0.5 mol/L MgSO4
NH4Cl/ NH4OH
10 mol/L NaOH
1 mol/L KNO3
n/a
Cables are sold separately and are not included:
Cable for pH/Ion meter: 52300004 Cable for titrator: 089601
LightEdition Sensors
The LightEdition (LE) sensors are tailor-made for high
price/performance ratio. The offering includes sensors
for all common application. It is the perfect match with
the Five and Education Line meters.
Name
LE438
LE438-DIN
LE407
LE407-DIN
LE408
LE408-DIN
LE409
LE409-DIN
LE410
LE420
LE420-DIN
LE422
LE427
LE427-S7
LE501
LE510
LE703
LE740
LE611
LE612
LE621
LE622
NTC 30 kOhm
Features/Description
Gel-filled plastic electrode with integrated temperature sensor for field use,
samples with fluctuating temperatures; low-maintenance
LE438
LE409
LE407
Connector
BNC/Cinch
DIN/Banana
Gel-filled plastic pH electrode with gel electrolyte, suitable for simple applications and BNC
easy samples such as water; low-maintenance
DIN
Plastic pH electrode with liquid electrolyte, suitable for simple applications;
BNC
refillable electrolyte
DIN
Glass pH electrode with liquid electrolyte for simple and rapid measurements in the
BNC
laboratory, aqueous samples such as acids, bases etc.; refillable electrolyte
DIN
As LE409 but with integrated temperature probe
BNC/Cinch
Glass electrode with movable PTFE-sleeve junction for demanding, “dirty” samples
BNC
such as waste water, emulsions (e.g. milk), oily samples
Cinch
Micro pH electrode with gel electrolyte, shaft diameter: 4.3 mm
BNC
The spear tip design makes it ideal for solid samples such as meat, fruit, cheese, soil BNC
and many more; low-maintenance
S7
Glass ORP electrode for lab use
BNC
Robust plastic ORP electrode for field use, e.g. swimming pools
BNC
Robust conductivity probe for medium to high conductivities (10 μS/cm…200 mS/cm)
Mini-DIN
Robust conductivity probe from low to medium conductivities (0.01 μS/cm…500 μS/cm) Mini-DIN
Galvanic dissolved oxygen sensor with 1 m cable
BNC
Galvanic dissolved oxygen sensor with 5 m cable
BNC
Galvanic dissolved oxygen sensor, with integrated temp. sensor, with 1 m cable
BNC/Cinch
Galvanic dissolved oxygen sensor, with integrated temp. sensor, with 5 m cable
BNC/Cinch
Separate temperature sensor
Cinch
Part No.
51340242
51340346
51340330
51340341
51340347
51340342
51340331
51340343
51340348
51340332
51340345
30089747
51340333
51340334
51340338
51340339
51340335
51340336
51340401
51340402
51340403
51340404
51300164
213
Buffers and Solutions
Solutions for Calibration and Care
a Full Pack of Competence
The determination of pH, conductivity, ion concentration, redox potential and
dissolved oxygen are common analyses in most laboratories. The measurement
accuracy highly depends on the quality and operation of the solutions used for
sensor calibration and maintenance.
pH Measurement Precision
pH measurements are only as
accurate as the buffer solutions
used for calibration purposes.
METTLER TOLEDO offers a selection of quality pH buffers to
match your specific requirements. Using our sachets guarantees fresh solution for every
calibration as well as maximum
ease of use.
Conductivity Standards
Depending on the type of sensor, conductivity standards are
used for calibration or verification. Low conductivity standards
have a limited lifespan and
require special handling. They
are intended for verification purposes. Using our sachets guarantees fresh solution for every
calibration as well as maximum
ease of use.
Vpac™ pH Verification Kit
This kit provides a quick and
easy performance verification of
your pH system after installation
or any setup change. Get an
immediate online evaluation
including certificate!
Maintenance & Verification
The sensor is the main actor of
the measurement, requiring special care and attention.
METTLER TOLEDO provides the
necessary maintenance solutions and electrolytes. Find helpful maintenance tips on.
www.electrodes.net
www.mt.com/pH-VPac
214
Solutions for Ion-Selective
Electrodes
Measuring with ion-selective
electrodes (ISE) is the easiest
and most affordable way to determine ion concentration. However, ISEs require careful handling
and the use of the correct solutions. METTLER TOLEDO offers all
solutions that are needed for successful ion measurements.
Buffers and Solutions
pH buffer solutions
Maintenance solutions
Technical pH
buffer
Packaging
Part No.
2.00
2.00
2.00
4.01
4.01
4.01
7.00
7.00
7.00
9.21
9.21
9.21
10.00
10.00
10.01
11.00
11.00
11.00
250 mL
6x250 mL
30x20 mL (sachets)
250 mL
6x250 mL
30x20 mL (sachets)
250 mL
6x250 mL
30x20 mL (sachets)
250 mL
6x250 mL
30x20 mL (sachets)
250 mL
6x250 mL
30x20 mL (sachets)
250 mL
6x250 mL
30x20 mL (sachets)
51350002
51350016
30111134
51350004
51350018
51302069
51350006
51350020
51350047
51350008
51350022
51350070
51350010
51302024
51350079
51350012
30111126
30111135
Rainbow boxes
4.01/ 7.00/ 9.21
4.01/ 7.00/ 10.00
4.01/ 7.00/ 9.21
4.01/ 7.00/ 10.01
6x250 mL
6x250 mL
30x20 mL (sachets)
30x20 mL (sachets)
30095312
30095313
51302068
51302080
NIST/DIN pH buffer solutions pH±0.015
4.006
250 mL
4.006
30x20 mL (sachets)
6.865
250 mL
6.865
30x20 mL (sachets)
9.180
250 mL
9.180
30x20 mL (sachets)
10.012
250 mL
10.012
30x20 mL (sachets)
51350052
30111136
51350054
30111137
51350056
30111138
51350058
30111139
DKD certified pH buffer solutions
4.01
250 mL
4.01
6x250 mL
7.00
250 mL
7.00
6x250 mL
9.21
250 mL
9.21
6x250 mL
10.00
250 mL
10.00
6x250 mL
51350032
51350042
51350034
51350044
51350036
51350046
51350038
51350048
Redox buffer solutions
Redox buffer E(Ag/AgCl) 25°C
220 mV, pH 7
(UH = 427 mV)
250 mL
51350060
220 mV, pH 7
(UH = 427 mV)
6x250 mL
51350062
468 mV, pH 0.1
(UH = 675 mV)
6x30 mL
51350064
Packaging
Part No.
Electrolyes for reference electrodes
KCl 3 mol/L
KCl 3 mol/L
KCl 3 mol/L
KCl 3 mol/L, AgCl saturated
KCl 3 mol/L, AgCl saturated
KCl 3 mol/L, AgCl saturated
Friscolyt-B®
Friscolyt-B®
Friscolyt-B®
LiCl 1 mol/L in EtOH
InLab Storage Solution
25 mL
250 mL
6x250 mL
25 mL
250 mL
6x250 mL
25 mL
250 mL
6x250 mL
6x30 mL
250 mL
51343180
51350072
51350080
51343184
51350074
51350082
51343185
51350076
51350084
51350088
30111142
Cleaning solutions
Pepsin-HCl (protein contamination)
Pepsin-HCl (protein contamination)
Thiourea Cleaner (silver sulphide contamination)
Thiourea Cleaner (silver sulphide contamination)
Regeneration Solution
250 mL
6x250 mL
250 mL
6x250 mL
25 mL
51350100
30045061
51350102
30045062
51350104
Performance verification
VPac™ pH verification kit
2 x 100 mL
30090849
Solutions for
Ion-Selective Electrodes
Conductivity standards
[ppm]
Packaging
Part No.
[ppm]
Packaging
Part No.
Ammonium 1000
Ammonium 100
Calcium 1000
Calcium 100
Calcium 10
Chloride 1000
Chloride 100
Chloride 10
Copper 1000
Cyanide 1000
Fluoride 1000
Fluoride 100
Fluoride 10
Iodide 1000
Lead 1000
Nitrate 1000
Potassium 1000
Silver 1000
Sodium 1000
Sodium 100
Sodium 10
Sulphide 1000
500 mL
500 mL
500 mL
500 mL
500 mL
500 mL
500 mL
500 mL
500 mL
500 mL
500 mL
500 mL
500 mL
500 mL
500 mL
500 mL
500 mL
500 mL
500 mL
500 mL
500 mL
500 mL
30090859
30090860
51344771
30090855
30090856
51344772
30090853
30090854
51344774
51344773
51344775
30090851
30090852
51344776
51344780
51344779
51344777
51344770
51344778
30090857
30090858
51344781
Check Solution 1.3 µS
250 mL
30090847
5 µS
10 µS
10 µS
84 µS
84 µS
500 µS
1413 µS
1413 µS
1413 µS
12.88 mS
12.88 mS
12.88 mS
250 mL
250 mL
10x20 mL (sachets)
250 mL
10x20 mL (sachets)
250 mL
250 mL
6x250 mL
30x20 mL (sachets)
250 mL
6x250 mL
30x20 mL (sachets)
30094617
51300169
30111141
51302153
30111140
51300170
51350092
51350096
51302049
51350094
51350098
51302050
Zero oxygen tablets
DO standard
Packaging
Part No.
Zero oxygen tablets
20 pcs
51300140
Find your test certificate and Safety Data Sheet (SDS) on
www.mt.com/buffer
215
Good Electrochemistry Practice
pH Service and Support
Elaborate and Tailored
With the comprehensive service offerings from METTLER TOLEDO you can
maintain the performance and maximize the uptime of your pH measuring
systems. Accurate and precise results are guaranteed at any time.
Furthermore, you can be free of concerns around compliance issues during quality audits.
Make use of our professional installation and qualification services, guaranteeing trouble-free
and fast operation of your instrument from day one.
With our VPac™ we provide you with a smart performance test, supporting you in managing
compliance beyond your next audit. Enjoy the peace of mind.
216
IPac – Standard Qualification
EQPac – Comprehensive
Qualification
VPac™ – pH Performance
Verification
Proof of professional installation
and commissioning is required
by several regulations and quality standards. We serve with
simple and fully compliant initial
qualification services.
The EQPac is a service solution
designed to address compliance
concerns in today’s regulatory environment. It fulfills the
requirements for professional
qualification documents and
provides instrument calibration
service on-site.
The VPac pH Verification kit is
an easy way to verify the performance of your pH measuring
system. This unique self-service
gives you extra peace of mind
after installation, any setup
change or before an audit.
Order no. 30019821
IPac SevenCompact™
Order no. 30046256
EQPac SevenExcellence™
Order no. 30090849
VPac™ pH Verification kit
Discover the Safest Path to the Top
with Good Electrochemistry Practice™
Measuring pH in the laboratory is a common analysis,
but so many things can go wrong. The same goes for
conductivity, ion concentration, dissolved oxygen and
redox determination.
GEP™ is about guiding you through the whole p­ roduct
lifecycle, detecting possible risks, finding the right
tools to address these, and thus ensure consistently
reliable results.
Take 5 minutes to localize your risks
and get the necessary support:
www.mt.com/gep
217
AutoChem
218
AutoChem
Overview
Sampling
Synthesis Workstations
Reaction Analysis
Particle Characterization
Service
220
222
224
226
228
230
Page
– 221
– 223
– 225
– 227
– 229
– 231
Chemical Synthesis,
Process Development and
Particle Characterization
219
Overview
Supporting Innovation
from Molecule to Manufacturing
Early Phase Development
Synthesis workstations, real-time analytical
technology, and in situ sampling allow chemists
to quickly develop new synthetic routes, then safely
deliver grams to kilograms of materials. These
tools provide initial understanding of process
scale-up issues, enabling scientists to eliminate
non-viable candidates early in development.
A common software platform for all instruments
makes it simple to visualize, interpret, and report
results.
Process Development
The combination of reaction calorimeters, FTIR
based in situ reaction analysis systems and
particle size and shape analysis tools support
the chemical, thermo­dynamic, and particle
characterization of processes. This increased
process knowledge speeds the development of
batch or continuous processes. Integrated software
provides a deeper understanding with less effort.
The enhanced quality and quantity of process
knowledge obtained, enables engineers to quickly
scale-up processes, eliminate scale-up failures,
and avoid safety incidents.
Scale-up and Manufacturing
Process Analytical Technology (PAT) tools ensure
processes are within boundary conditions,
eliminating the risk of batch failures while delivering higher yields at lower cost. PAT systems allow
users to realize the benefits of Quality by Design
(QbD) through the transfer of more robust, lower
cost commercial processes to manufacturing.
220
Sampling
Safe and automated
sampling of chemical
reactions 24/7. Representative samples are guaranteed
by quenching and diluting
the sample in real time at
the point of capture.
Sampling
METTLER TOLEDO instruments are
considered industry standard, providing
information so that researchers can
make better decisions to develop
processes with higher quality, in less
time, and at lower costs.
Overview
Automated chemistry
workstations increase productivity by controlling and
recording all reaction parameters 24 hours a day.
FTIR based systems
provide real-time
composition analysis to
monitor key reaction
species in situ –
eliminating the need for
grab sampling.
Probe-based instruments
optimize crystallization and
particulate process development by understanding and
controlling particle size and
shape in-process.
We support and service
your measurement equipment through its entire
life-cycle, from installation to preventive maintenance and calibration to
equipment repair.
Service
Service
Particle Characterization
Particle
Characterization
Reaction Analysis
Reaction Analysis
Synthesis Workstation
Synthesis
Workstations
221
Sampling
Unattended, Representative Sampling
for a Wide Range of Chemical Reactions
Sampling chemical reactions for offline analysis to determine reaction
progress or impurity profiles is standard practice. However, the sampling
process is not always a precise operation and can be challenging with
reactions at elevated temperatures, or reactions where a slurry exists.
Delays in quenching can lead to variable results and inaccuracies in the
analytical information gained. EasySampler™ was designed to eliminate
these challenges by providing an automated and robust inline method of
taking representative samples from a wide range of chemical reactions.
222
Representative Samples
Unattended 24/7
Heterogeneous Reactions
The unique patented probe
enables the capture and immediate quenching of reaction
samples. Immediate sample
quenching provides a sample
representative of the reaction
at the time of sampling. This is
particularly advantageous for
monitoring low temperature and
air-sensitive chemistry.
At the touch of a button, samples
are taken, quenched, diluted to
a user-specified concentration,
and transferred to vials, ready for
offline analysis. For unattended
reaction sampling, a sample
sequence can be programmed
for continued sampling operations, day or night.
Sampling reactions with precision is challenging, especially
for slurry reactions. EasySampler captures reaction samples,
including the solids, into a
pocket of fixed volume. Solids
dissolution begins immediately,
with the quench and dilution
steps, delivering a dissolved
sample to gain precise and
accurate analytical data.
User Safety
Order Information
EasySampler fully automates
the sampling process, eliminating manual handling of liquids.
This reduces risks and improves
operator safety, especially with
highly toxic chemistry, dangerous reactions at elevated temperatures, and other hazardous
reaction conditions.
Description
Remarks
Article No.
EasySampler 1210 System Complete
Includes all accessories
30083901
EasySampler Probe 330 Set
Includes all accessories
30244744
Sleeve complete, PTFE, Alloy C-22
1 piece per pack
30100528
10 mL Vial, including screw cap
100 pieces per pack
30244745
10 mL vial including screw cap
1000 pieces per pack
30111624
Adapter 14/20 PTFE 9.5 mm
For EasyMax 102 reactors
14104089
Adapter 19/22 PTFE 9.5 mm
For EasyMax 102 and 402,
and OptiMax reactors
14104090
www.mt.com/EasySampler
223
Synthesis Workstations
Synthesis Automation
Leads to Better Science
Synthesis workstations reduce chemical and process development times by
replacing traditional round bottom flasks and jacketed lab reactors. They
help researchers complete more experiments and deliver more information
per experiment, increasing overall productivity. HFCal (Heat Flow
Calorimetry) is an add on to the synthesis workstations providing reaction
calorimetry capabilities.
224
EasyMax®
Small-Scale Synthesis
Workstation
OptiMax™
Large Volume Synthesis
Workstation
RC1e®
Reaction Calorimetry
Makes chemical synthesis easier
by eliminating the dependence
on oil baths and chillers. Even
low temperature chemistry is
easy. EasyMax records reaction
events otherwise missed and all
data is automatically recorded.
Improves workflows in organic
synthesis and process development labs by delivering
new chemical compounds for
application testing faster, helping
characterize the process, and
reduce failures. By adding heat
flow calorimetry as an option,
scale-up issues and key reaction
events are identified earlier.
The combination of RC1e and
RTCal (Real Time Calorimetry)
provides reaction information
under process-like conditions
using real-time heat flow or
heat flux calorimetry. Optimize
process safety investigations
to avoid incidents in the lab or
plant.
White Paper: Techniques to Synthesize
Breakthrough Molecules
This white paper discusses how scientists open new
possibilities for control, optimization, and reporting of
critical process conditions. Four case studies highlight
how leading pharmaceutical companies impact synthesis lab performance.
www.mt.com/synthesize-molecules
Configuration
Model
Environment
Application Area
EasyMax®
Lab
Synthetic Chemistry, Process Development
EasyMax® HFCal
Lab
Process Optimization, Scale-up, Process Safety Screening
OptiMax™
Lab
Synthetic Chemistry, Process Development
Lab
Process Optimization, Scale-up, Process Safety
OptiMax™
HFCal
RC1e®
Lab/Pilot Lab/Small Process Development, Process Optimization, Scale-up, Process Safety
Scale Production
RTCal™
Lab
Polymerizations, Process Optimization, Process Chemistry
www.mt.com/synthesisworksation
225
Reaction Analysis
Real-Time Reaction Monitoring
Improve Chemistry Understanding
Suitable for a wide range of chemistries, in situ Fourier Transform Infrared
(FTIR) spectroscopy provides real time monitoring of key reaction species.
Designed to follow reaction progression, ReactIR provides specific information about reaction initiation, conversion, intermediates, and endpoint.
226
ReactIR™ 15/45m
Reaction Analysis
ReactIR™ 45P
Reaction Analysis in Process
A real-time, in situ mid-infrared based
system designed to study reaction
progression – providing specific
information about reaction initiation,
conversion, intermediates, and endpoint.
The comprehensive nature of the data
makes it ideal for kinetic analysis and
facilitates the elucidation of reaction
mechanism and pathway.
By providing in-depth reaction
understanding, in situ mid-infrared
enables chemical processes to be
successfully moved from the lab to the
pilot plant and production. By tracking
critical parameters in real-time, process
design and quality are improved
and variation and batch failures are
eliminated.
White Paper: Process FTIR For Safe Operation
of Sodium Borohydride Reduction
John O‘Reilly of Roche Ireland discusses sustainable
Process Analytical Technology (PAT) system using
Process FTIR for the safe operation of a sodium
borohydride reduction. Roche Ireland uses an
innovative approach to PAT integration that bridges
the gap between PAT and Quality Control, while further
integrating PAT as a routine manufacturing system.
www.mt.com/PAT-Roche
Configuration
Model
ReactIR™
15
Environment
Application Area
Lab
Synthetic Chemistry
ReactIR™ 45m
Lab
Synthetic Chemistry, Chemical Development,
Kinetics, Quantitative Analysis
FlowIR™
Lab
Optimization and Control of Flow Chemistry
ReactIR™ 45P
Lab/Production
Scale-up, Campaigns, Process Transfer
www.mt.com/reactir
227
Particle Characterization
Particle Size and Shape Analysis
for the Lab, Pilot Plant & Production
ParticleTrack™ and ParticleView™ provide precise inline measurement of
particle size, shape, and count without sampling. Probe-based instruments
measure particles and droplets in gas or liquid suspension at process
concentration providing real-time information to speed development,
maximize process performance, and optimize quality.
228
ParticleTrack G400
Lab
ParticleTrack G600
Lab to Plant
ParticleTrack E25
Lab to Plant
ParticleView V19
Lab
The portable small
scale G400 is ideal
for applications in less
than 1 liter vessels or
small pipelines. G400
can be multiplexed to
run simultaneous experiments. Experimental
parameters are quickly
screened to assess the
impact of process conditions on the particle
system.
G600 is ideal for 1 to
50,000 liter vessels
and allows chemists
and engineers to design
processes for scale-up
to production providing
the desired particle size
distribution, yield, and
purity. Tracking the particles allows processing
conditions to be adjusted to ensure optimum
cycle time.
E25 measures real-time
changes to particle
size and count without
sampling, enabling
real-time optimization
of product quality,
formulation stability,
and process performance in lab and
process environments.
Real-time probe based
microscope providing
instant critical insight
into crystal, particle,
and droplet systems. It
enables chemists and
engineers to detect and
understand process
changes that could
take months to discover
with traditional offline
microscopy techniques.
AutoChem
White Paper: Best Practice For Inline Particle
Size Characterization
By implementing inline technologies, real-time process
optimization is possible while measuring in laboratory
beakers, pipelines or process environments, without
offline sampling. Applications include improving solid/
liquid separations, increasing product stability, and
consistently meeting particle size specifications.
www.mt.com/wp-E25
Configuration
Model
Technology
Vessel Size
Key Characteristic
G400
FBRM®
30 mL − 500 mL Portable, interchangeable probes
G600L
FBRM®
500 mL − 5 L
Results scalable to plant
E25
FBRM®
500 mL +
Measure at full process concentration
V19
PVM®
250 mL − 5 L
In-process video microscopy
G600R
FBRM®
1L+
Dip-pipe mountable
G600S/T
FBRM®
1L+
Pipeline installations
G600P
FBRM®
20 L +
1m probe length
G600X
FBRM®
1L+
Customizable
E25
FBRM®
500 mL +
Measure at full process concentration
Laboratory Solutions
Production Solutions
www.mt.com/particle
229
Service
Extend Instrument Performance
with Custom Maintenance Programs
Researchers and engineers across industry and academia rely on METTLER
TOLEDO instruments to provide critical information during investigations.
To be successful, scientists need to be confident that the equipment works
correctly, when it is needed, and the results can be trusted.
METTLER TOLEDO provides a range of service options to prevent instrument
downtime, guarantee result quality, and ensure regulatory compliance. Our
customized coverage minimizes unexpected costs, improves data collection
reliability, and reduces the total cost of ownership.
230
Uptime
Performance
Compliance
Instruments are often subjected
to high utilization in critical
processes. System reliability
is maximized through our field
service team, help desk, return
to factory refurbishment and
repair services, and optional
value added products.
Optimize hardware and software
performance with comprehensive
installation, preventive maintenance, and full service contract
programs. Trained METTLER
TOLEDO technicians ensure the
system is performing within
factory specifications.
Meet internal and external
compliance standards with optional
value added services. IPac and
EQPac qualification services ensure
internal compliance standards are
met and provide objective evidence
for regulated environments.
AutoChem
IPac
Quali
ty-Pa
c
1
201 A
ber
Rev
tem
-AC
Sep
091
Expertise
ac
terP
r
a
t
S
B-0
MK-P
563
D CN
Initial
Quali
fic
Pack ation
age
Manuf
acture
r M
Instru
ETTLE
ment
ment
R
Type
Invent
1001
ory N
Instru
um
ber M
ment
Seria
S
G
123 *
l Num
ber B
12
Instru
IR™
Flow tions
c
a
s Re
uou
n
i
t
n
f Co
is o
alys
n
A
e
l-Tim
Rea
Maximize equipment and process
performance with professional
training for your personnel.
Service specialists identify, plan,
and coordinate complex product
solutions for on-time and onbudget completion.
TOLE
DO
81699
812
OptiM
ax™
Installation and Performance
Verification Packages
Professional documentation
ensures compliance and
process consistency
www.mt.com/ac-service
231
pH Meters
Melting,
Dropping and
Softening Point
Simple, fast and reliable
232
Page
Melting Point
234 – 235
Dropping Point
236 – 237
Good Melting and Dropping Point Practice 238 – 239
233
Melting Point
Determine the Melting Point
with Just One Click™
Fast and accurate measurement of up to six samples simultaneously,
in conformity with current Pharmacopeias and Industry Standards.
Rapid sample preparation
Rapid sample preparation and
quick sample insertion can help
you to save time and money. The
sample preparation tool holds up
to six samples.
One Click™ measurement
Quick to learn, easy to operate.
One click on the product short
key starts the measurement and
the analysis. Each user has his
own set of short keys, in his own
language1).
Reliable results
The measurement principle and
the possibility of eliminating
­obvious outliers from mean value
determination ensure excellent
repeatability without the need to
repeat the measurement.
High throughput analysis
Faster sample preparation, quick
start with One Click™, simultaneous measurement of up to 6
samples and automatic export
of results to printer, computer
or LIMS i­ncreases the overall
throughput.
Video replay
High resolution AVI videos record
all measurements and are available for further analysis and
elimination of obvious outliers.
Data output
Measurement results can be
­exported as PDF to a USB stick
or as CSV to an SD card or a
computer. Videos can be stored
on a SD card for further evaluation on a PC1).
1)
234
MP70 and MP90
Melting Point
LabX software
LabX offers important benefits
compared to the standalone
instrument. These include freely
programmable user management, a comprehensive reference
substance database, special
methods such as the determination of mixed melting points, and
statistics based on several measurements.
LabX provides full SOP user guidance on the instrument touchscreen and supports titrators,
density meter, refractometers,
melting point instruments and
balances. It can be connected to
ERP or SAP for full integration with
existing information systems. For
more details see pages 18 – 21.
MP90
www.mt.com/one-click-melting
MP50
MP70
MP90
Temperature range
RT to 300 °C
RT to 350 °C
RT to 400 °C
Capillaries number
Up to 4
Up to 4
Up to 6
Video
Gray scale AVI
Magnification 6x
Color AVI
Magnification 6x
Color AVI
Magnification 6x
Video export
–
on SD card
on an SD card or to a PC
One Click (Short Cut)
12
12 per user
12 per user
Max. number of methods
–
20
60
Substance database
–
Up to 6 substances
Up to 100 substances
Number of permanently stored results
Last 10
Last 50
Last 100
Measurement mode
Pharmacopeia
Pharmacopeia +
Thermodynamic
Pharmacopeia +
Thermodynamic
RT = Room Temperature
235
Dropping Point
Dropping and Softening Point
Precise and Standard-Compliant
With the innovative METTLER TOLEDO dropping point systems, you can
determine dropping and softening points of pitch, asphalt, polymers,
resins, waxes and many more materials with full automatic operation.
Standard compliant cups and measurement methods guarantee
comparable results.
DP70 Dropping Point
DP90 Dropping Point
The instrument can be operated in two different
modes: determination of dropping point or of softening point. Visual camera observation and digital
image analysis ensure that the result values are
reliable. The high resolution color videos recorded
during the measurement can be repeatedly played
back on the instrument. This allows you to check
un­expected results by visually verifying the measurements.
The DP90 combines all the advantages of a DP70
with the possibility to start a measurement from
–20 °C. Determinations that were previously carried out manually (e.g. according to ASTM D127 or
DIN 12785) can now be easily substituted by the
auto­matic method. Access control with username
and password, duplicate determination and perfect
result documentation are only a few equipment
­features which support regulatory compliance.
OneClick™ Analysis
One Click is all that is needed to start the measurement – the instrument does the rest for you. All results are
­securely archived and can be tracked at any time. Whether you print out results on a strip or network printer,
save reports as PDF, or directly transfer all result files including video to a PC, you always get the maximum
­information possible from your measurements. In addition the result file in CSV format (comma separated values) enables the read-out of ­selected data by LIMS-software.
236
Dropping Point
Dropping Point
Softening Point
The dropping point (DP) is a characteristic property
of a material. It is the temperature at which the first
drop of a substance falls from a cup under defined
test conditions.
The softening point (SP) is the temperature at
which a substance has flowed a certain distance
under defined test conditions.
Live image of the video of an EVA copolymer duplicate d­ ropping
point determination
Softening of colophony. Scaling shown in mm, the white frame
displays the evaluation area, while the bottom white line ­indicates
the current edge detection
DP70
DP90
Instrument type
Standalone instrument
Control unit with external measuring cell
Temperature range
RT to 400 °C
−20 °C to 400 °C
Heating rate
0.1 to 20 °C per minute
0.1 to 20 °C per minute
Cups number
Up to 2
Up to 2
Cups dimensions (orifice)
2.8 / 6.35 mm
2.8 / 6.35 mm
Languages
English, German, Chinese, Japanese, Spanish, French, Russian, Portuguese
Video
Color AVI
Magnification 2.5x
Color AVI
Magnification 2.5x
Video export
On SD card or to PC
On SD card or to PC
Length diagram for softening
Yes
Yes
User management
Yes
Yes
12 per user
12 per user
Shortcuts (One Click )
™
RT = Room Temperature
www.mt.com/one-click-dropping
237
Good Melting and Dropping Point Practice
MP and DP Service Solutions
Assure Highest Performance
Professional installation, qualification, training and corresponding seamless
documentation guarantee compliance with your process requirements.
It ensures that your melting or dropping point system performs perfectly right
from the beginning. METTLER TOLEDO offers a broad range of instrument
qualification solutions adaptable to the specific needs.
Need
Professional Installation
Comprehensive Qualification
Training & Education
Security and Efficiency
Accuracy and Precision
Performance Qualification
238
Service Solution
SOP based equipment installation
EQPac: Comprehensive Equipment Qualification
EduPac: Certified training
Accessory boxes
Certified reference substances
VPac: verify the performance yourself
Accessory Boxes – for MP
and DP
Certified Ref. Substances –
for MP and DP
VPac – MP Verification
Package
The MP and the DP accessory
boxes contain everything for
secure sample preparation and
traceable temperature accuracy
check. The dedicated sample
preparation tools as well as the
certified reference substances
allow enhancing of the workflow
efficiency and operational secutity.
Certified reference substances
provide an efficient way to verify
the instrument's accuracy over
the whole temperature range.
Each of the METTLER TOLEDO
high purity reference substances
comes with certified temperature
value that is traceable to LGC
standards.
The MP VPac is a valuable
accessory to verify the performance of your melting point
instrument with pre-filled and
ready-to-use capillaries. The
respective programmed calibration method can be started
directly without any modification
or initial sample preparation.
Dropping Point
GMDP™ – Good Melting and Dropping Point Practice focuses on
proactive identification and evaluation of measurement risks and thus
contribute to dependable results. It covers the entire lifecycle of your
instrument and helps to improve quality while reducing risks and costs.
Specific Pacs are available:
EduPac, our Education Package, helps you familiarize yourself with the
instrument.
EQPac, our Equipment Qualification Package, is a comprehensive qualification
solution, meeting the strictest regulatory demands and requirements.
Qualification
Order no. English
MP Acc. Box
51142599
MP EQPac
51710757
MP EduPac
30100867
MP Vpac
30097033
DP EQPac
30026235
DP EduPac
30100870
DP Acc. Box
51143740
Detailed information about melting and
dropping point service offering is available at:
www.mt.com/GMDP
239
Materials
Characterization
240
Page
Overview
242 – 243
™
Good Thermal Analysis Practice
244 – 245
Thermal Analysis Excellence and Premium 246 – 248
Thermal Analysis Options
249
Hot-Stage Microscopy Systems
250
METTLER TOLEDO sets
the standards
in Thermal Analysis,
just like with its
world-class balances
241
Overview
Materials Characterization
Thermal Analysis and Hot-Stage Microscopy
DSC
Differential
Scanning
Calorimetry
Features and benefits:
• Modular concept – tailor-made solutions for current and future needs
• High performance instruments –
­accurate analysis of a wide variety
of samples
• High-level competence and support
– training courses and applications
­literature fosters knowledge sharing
and growth
• Service – prompt response and maintenance contracts guarantee maximum
system uptime
Hot-stage microscopy yields a wealth of
information that is complementary to the
data obtained from the thermal analysis.
This often greatly facilitates the interpretation of results.
www.mt.com/ta-news
242
DSC determines the enthalpies associated with transitions and reactions and
the temperatures at which
these processes occur.
DSC
The METTLER TOLEDO thermal analysis
Excellence and Excellence Premium
lines offer tailor-made solutions for
academic and industrial appli­cations.
The unrivalled performance and innovative technology will propel you to the
forefront of your field and guarantee
you the highest level of Swiss quality,
­accuracy and efficiency.
Overview
Flash DSC is the ideal
addition for characterizing
modern materials and
optimizing production
processes by thermal
analysis.
TGA/DSC measures sample weight as a function
of temperature. It is used
to perform compositional
analysis or investigate the
reaction kinetics of your
sample.
DMA and TMA are used to
measure the mechanical
and viscoelastic properties
of materials as a function of
temperature, time and frequency.
Hot-stage microscopy is
widely used for the visual
characterization of all kind
of thermal transitions.
Hot-Stage Microscopy
Hot-Stage
­Microscopy
Thermal Optical
­Analysis
DMA and TMA
DMA and TMA
Dynamic Mechanical
Analysis and Thermo
Mechanical Analysis
TGA and TGA/DSC
TGA and TGA/DSC
ThermoGravimetric
Analysis
Flash DSC
Flash DSC
Flash Differential
Scanning
­Calorimetry
243
Good Thermal Analysis Practice™
5 Steps to Excellence
Full Life-Cycle Support
METTLER TOLEDO offers comprehensive
support for all of the 5 steps of Good Thermal
Analysis Practice. This not only ensures that
you invest in the most suitable equipment and
services, but also that you operate your
system correctly, thereby minimizing errors
and improving performance.
5
Routine
Operation
4
Training
1
Evaluation
GTAP
TM
2
Selection
3
Installation
& Qualification
GTAP™ supports you in fulfilling your requirements from
the beginning. It allows you to make the right decisions
during the e­ ntire life-cycle of your system.
• Enables compliance with regulations
• Ensures consistent and accurate results
• Increases productivity at lower costs
• Makes sure users are professionally trained
244
DQ
Design Qualification
IQ/OQ
Installation & Qualification
EduPac
Education Package
The Design Qualification helps
you to define your current and future requirements together with
our consultant in order to select
the most suitable system for your
application and protect your investment for the future.
The Installation and Operational
Qualification processes are performed carefully and guarantee
that the equipment does what it
is intended to do. Detailed documentation with a professionally
executed qualification procedure
ensures conformity and establishes complete traceability from
the very start.
Under the watchful eye of our
specialist, this training package
helps you familiarize yourself
with the instrument and learn efficient operation through practical
exercises.
• Configuration of the system
• Setting up experiments
• Measuring your samples
• Evaluation and interpretation of
the curves
Preventive Maintenance
Calibration
Evaluate Process Risks
Your system should be tested
and calibrated regularly to ensure
that it consistently meets your
predefined requirements.
­METTLER TOLEDO offers various
calibration services.
METTLER TOLEDO offers preventive maintenance services that
guarantee high performance.
Your ­system will be systematic­
ally i­nspected to detect and
­correct potential failures before
they ­occur.
Perform your own laboratory Thermal Analysis
Risk Check with our web-based tool:
www.mt.com/ta-riskcheck
245
Thermal Analysis Excellence and Premium
The STAR e System – the Flexible Solution
Select the Right Thermal Analysis Module
A sound investment. You begin with the instrument configuration that meets
your current needs. Later on, you can upgrade the system with options or
accessories to satisfy your new requirements. It’s a sound investment,
whatever you decide on.
Modular Design
STARe
Software
The STAR e software is designed around the powerful basic
software, which consists of the Evaluation and Module
Control W
­ indows and a simplified Installation Window.
The software can easily be expanded to support new
­applications or instruments.
Robot
DSC
Robot
Flash
DSC
TGA
TMA
DMA
Features and benefits of the STAR e Excellence Software:
• Unlimited evaluation possibilities – enormous flexibility
• Reliable automation – high sample throughput with result ­assessment dramatically ­improves efficiency
• Integrated database – guarantees highest level of data security
• 21 CFR Part 11 compliance – supports user level management and electronic signatures
• Modular concept – tailor-made solutions for current and future needs
• Easy and intuitive operation – saves time in training and in daily use
STAR e
Thermal Analysis Software
Multi
Module
Operation
MaxRes
Method
Window
Relative
Loop
Conditional
Experiment
Termination
Routine
Window
Experiment
Window
21 CFR 11
User
Rights
Concurrent
Users
Server
Mode
LIMS
Model
Free
Kinetics
Kinetics
nth Order
The powerful and versatile STAR e
software provides unrivalled
­flexibility and unlimited evaluation possibilities.
246
Quality
Control
TOPEM
HS
DSC
HP DSC
Flash DSC
The DSC utilizes an innovative
sensor with a patented starshaped arrangement of 120
thermo­couples that guarantees
unmatched sensitivity and reso­
lution.
For material testing, process
development or quality control
there is often no alternative to
DSC measurements under pressure. Measurements performed
under pressure expand the possibilities of thermal analysis.
Flash DSC revolutionizes rapidscanning DSC. Flash DSC allows
the user to analyze reorganization
processes that were previously
impossible to measure. Flash
DSC is the ideal complement to
conventional DSC.
DSC features and benefits:
• Amazing sensitivity – for the
measurement of weak effects
• Outstanding resolution –
­allows measurement of rapid
changes and closelying events
• Efficient automation – reliable
sample robot for high sample
throughput
HP DSC features and benefits:
• Shorter analysis time – higher
pressure and temperature
­accelerate reactions
• Measurement under process
conditions – simulation of
practical reaction environments
• Better interpretation – effects
can be separated by suppressing vaporization
Flash DSC features and benefits:
• Ultra-high heating rates –
­reduce measurement times
and suppress reorganization
processes
• Ultra-high cooling rates – allow
materials with defined structural
properties to be prepared
• Fast response sensor – e­ nables
the kinetics of extremely fast
reactions or crystallization processes to be studied
www.mt.com/dsc
www.mt.com/ta-hpdsc
www.mt.com/ta-fdsc
247
Thermal Analysis Excellence and Premium
TGA and TGA/DSC
TMA
DMA
The TGA and TGA/DSC instruments
are equipped with a top-of-the-line
METTLER TOLEDO ultramicro balance with unique built-in calibration ring weights for unparalleled
accuracy.
The Thermomechanical Analyzer
incorporates Swiss precision
mechanics and features nanometer resolution to measure the very
smallest dimensional changes.
The Dynamic Mechanical Analyzer (DMA) with its revolutionary
technology offers previously unattained performance and time­
saving external sample loading.
TGA and TGA/DSC features:
• Efficient automation – reliable
sample robot for high sample
throughput
• METTLER TOLEDO ultramicro
balance – rely on the balance
technology leader
• DSC heat flow measurement –
for simultaneous detection of
thermal events
TMA features and benefits:
• Nanometer resolution – ­allows
very small changes to be
measured
• Dynamic load TMA (DLTMA
mode) – measures weak transitions and elasticity
• SDTA – simultaneous measurement of thermal effects
DMA features and benefits:
• Wide force range from 1 mN to
40 N – allows very soft and very
hard samples to be measured
• Frequency range from 1 mHz
to 1 kHz – means that measurements can be performed
under real conditions or more
rapidly at higher frequencies
• Innovative sample holders –
permit samples to be prepared
and loaded externally
www.mt.com/tma
www.mt.com/dma
www.mt.com/tga
www.mt.com/tga-dsc
248
Thermal Analysis Options
Extremely wide application range
Thermal analysis is firmly established as a method for the characterization
of physical and chemical properties of materials in many different fields.
Materials characterization by
DSC
Flash
DSC
TGA
TMA
DMA
Physical properties
Melting/crystallization
Enthalpy of crystallization
Solid fat index
Purity determination
Vaporization / drying
Sorption and desorption
Glass transition
Specific heat capacity
Expansion coefficient, shrinkage behavior
Polymorphism, crystalline transitions
Liquid-crystalline transitions
Viscoelastic behavior, elastic modulus
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
www.mt.com/ta-usercoms
•
Chemical changes
Decomposition, pyrolysis
Oxidation, stability
Curing, vulcanization, gelation
Dehydration
Denaturation
Swelling and foaming
Reaction process, reaction enthalpy and kinetics
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
www.mt.com/ta-webinars
www.mt.com/ta-etraining
Crucibles and sensors for thermal analysis
Crucibles serve as containers for
samples during thermoanalytical
measurements. The type of crucible
used for a measurement can have
a large effect on the quality of the
results obtained, and in addition,
also influences important characteristics of the DSC measuring cell.
In Flash DSC, the sample is placed
directly onto the MultiSTAR chip
sensor. The patented dynamic
power compensation control circuit
allows measurements to be performed with minimum noise level
at high heating and cooling rates.
Part no.
Crucible type
Quantity Volume
in uL
51119810
00026763
51140407
51140842
51119654
00027220
00029990
51140405
Aluminum crucible light
Aluminum crucible standard
Copper crucible
Platinum crucible small
Platinum crucible medium
Gold crucible
Medium pressure crucible
Reusable, gold plated high
pressure crucible
100
100
100
4
4
6
25
20
40
40
30
70
40
120
3
00026731
51140845
51140843
00024123
00024124
51119960
High pressure crucible
Sapphire crucible medium
Alumina crucible small
Alumina crucible medium
Alumina crucible large
Alumina crucible large
25
4
20
20
20
4
Max.
pressure
in MPa
0.2
0.2
0.25
2
Max.
tempera­
ture in °C
640
640
750
1600
1600
750
250
for
DSC
30
15
350
•
40
70
30
70
150
900
15
750
2000
2000
2000
2000
2000
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
for
TGA
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
*
*
* only with large furnace
For more crucibles please see
www.mt.com/ta-crucibles
or ask for the crucible brochure.
249
Hot-Stage Microscopy Systems
Hot-Stage Microscopy Systems
Seeing is Believing
The hot-stage microscopy is a powerful tool that is widely used for the visual characterization of all kind of thermal transitions. The possibility of directly o­ bserving morphological
changes in a sample as it is heated or cooled is of enormous value. Changes in the shape,
structure and color of crystals are seen as well as their size and number. The technique
allows phase transitions to be ­characterized and provides infor-mation on expansion and
shrinkage behavior.
Features and benefits:
• Imaging possibilities – allow polymorphic
­transitions to be studied visually
• Closed furnace design – guarantees excellent
­temperature ­control
• High sensitivity – optical sensitivity is not
­influenced by the heating or cooling rates
Choice of thermal events and operations
which can be defined using the HS82/HS84
Industry
Pharmaceutical, petrol, food, cosmetics,
­academia
Pharmaceuticals,
food, cosmetics
Thermal events
Melting characteristics
Chemicals, cosmetics
Polymers, pharma­
ceuticals
Chemicals, petrol
Chemicals, academia,
test laboratories
Pharmaceuticals,
­chemicals, polymers
Polymers
Pharmaceuticals,
polymers, chemicals,
academia, test laboratories
Forensic science
Liquid crystal transitions
Crystallization and
nucleation
Cloud point
Purity
Polymorphism
Decomposition temperature
Curing
Reaction and transformation enthalpy
Oil immersion / temperature variation
method
HS82 HS84
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
The HS82 hot-stage microscopy system is an easy-to-use and precise thermal measuring cell for visual sample
observation. The HS84 hot-stage microscopy system allows DSC heat flow measurements in addition. Two different software packages allow evaluation of heat flow or video image capture.
Image at 100 °C
250
Image at 90 °C
METTLER TOLEDO
Organizations Worldwide
www.mt.com/contacts
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
CH-8606 Greifensee, Switzerland
Tel. +41-44-944 22 11
Fax +41-44-944 30 60
Australia
Mettler-Toledo Ltd., Port Melbourne, Victoria 3207
Tel. (03) 9644 57 00, Fax (03) 9645 39 35
Mexico
Mettler-Toledo S.A. de C.V., México, D.F. C.P. 11570
Tel. (55) 1946 0900, Fax (55) 5550 5250
Mettler-Toledo B.V., NL-4004 JK Tiel
Tel. (0344) 638 363, Fax (0344) 638 390
Austria
Mettler-Toledo GmbH., A-1230 Wien
Tel. (01) 604 19 80, Fax (01) 604 28 80
Netherlands
Belgium
Mettler-Toledo s.a., B-1932 Zaventem
Tel. (02) 334 02 11, Fax (02) 334 03 34
Norway
Mettler-Toledo AS, NO-0581 Oslo
Tel. 22 30 44 90, Fax 22 32 70 02
Mettler-Toledo Ind. e Com. Ltda., 06460-000 Barueri/São Paulo
Tel. (11) 4166-7400, Fax (11) 41667401
Poland
Mettler-Toledo, Sp. z o.o., PL-02-822 Warszawa
Tel. (22) 440 67 00, Fax (22) 440 67 38
Brazil
Canada
China
Croatia
Czech Republic
Denmark
France
Germany
HongKong
Hungary
India
Indonesia
Italy
Mettler-Toledo Inc., Ontario, Canada
Tel 800-METTLER, Fax 1-800-786-0042
Mettler-Toledo China, Shanghai 200233
Tel. (21) 6485 04 35, Fax (21) 6485 33 51
Mettler-Toledo, d.o.o., HR-10000 Zagreb
Tel. 01 29 58 130, Fax 01 29 58 140
Philipines
Russia
Singapore
Mettler-Toledo Philippines Inc. Muntinlupa City
Tel. (2) 737 9082, Fax (2) 737 9001
Mettler-Toledo C.I.S. AG, 101000 Moskau
Tel. (495) 651 98 86, Fax 499) 272 22 74
Mettler-Toledo (S) Pte. Ltd., Singapore 139959
Tel. 65-6890 0011, Fax 65-6890 0012
Mettler-Toledo, spol, s.r.o., CZ-100 00 Praha 10
Tel. 226 808 150, Fax 226 808 170
Slovakia
Mettler-Toledo, SK-83103 Bratislava
Tel. (02) 4444 1220, Fax (02) 4444 12 23
Mettler-Toledo A/S, DK-2600 Glostrup
Tel. 43 270 800, Fax 43 270 828
Slovenia
Mettler-Toledo, d.o.o., SI-1261 Ljubljana - Dobrunje
Tel. (01) 547 4900, Fax (01) 542 0252
Mettler-Toledo SAS, F-78222 Viroflay
Tel. (01) 3097 17 17, Fax (01) 3097 16 16
Mettler-Toledo GmbH, D-35353 Giessen
Tel. (0641) 50 70, Fax (0641) 507 128
Mettler-Toledo (HK) MTCN Ltd., Kowloon
Tel. (852) 2744 1221, Fax (852) 2744 6878
Mettler-Toledo Kft., H-1139 Budapest
Tel. 06 1 288 4040, Fax: 06 1 288 4050
Spain
Sweden
Switzerland
Thailand
Mettler-Toledo S.A.E., E-08908 Barcelona
Tel. 902 32 00 23, Fax 902 32 00 24
Mettler-Toledo AB, S-12008 Stockholm
Tel. 08 702 50 00, Fax 08 642 45 62
Mettler-Toledo (Schweiz) GmbH, CH-8606 Greifensee
Tel. (044) 944 47 60, Fax (044) 944 45 10
Mettler-Toledo (Thailand) Ltd., Bangkok 10320
Tel. 66-2-723 0300, Fax 66-2-719 6479
Mettler-Toledo India Pvt Ltd, Mumbai 400 072
Tel. (22) 4291 0111 Fax (22) 2857 5071
Taiwan
Mettler-Toledo Pac Rim AG, Taipei
Tel. (2) 2657 8898, Fax (2) 2657 0776
PT. Mettler-Toledo Indonesia, Kalimalang, Bekasi 17144
Tel. (21) 294 53919, Fax (21) 294 53915
Turkey
Mettler-Toledo TR, 34662 Altunizade - Üsküdar - Istanbul
Tel. +90 216 400 20 20, Fax +90 216 400 20 29
Mettler-Toledo S.p.A., I-20026 Novate Milanese
Tel. (02) 333 321, Fax (02) 356 29 73
Japan
Mettler-Toledo K.K., Tokyo 110-0008
Tel. (3) 5815 5515,, Fax (3) 5815 5525
Korea
Mettler-Toledo (Korea) Ltd., Seoul 137-130
Tel. 82-2-3498-3500, Fax 82-2-3498-3555
Kazakhstan
Mettler-Toledo Central Asia, 050009 Almaty
Tel. (07) 727 2980833, Fax (07) 7272980835
Malaysia
Mettler-Toledo (M) Sdn. Bhd., 40150 Selangor
Tel. +60-3-7844 5888, Fax +60-3-784 58 773
United Kingdom
United States
Vietnam
For all other countries
Mettler-Toledo Ltd., Leicester, LE4 1AW
Tel. (0116) 235 70 70, Fax (0116) 236 6399
Mettler-Toledo, LLC, Columbus, OH 43240
Tel. 800-METTLER, Fax (614) 438 4900
Mettler-Toledo Vietnam LLC., Ho Chi Minh City
Tel. +84-8-3551-5924, Fax +84-8-3551-5923
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
CH-8606 Greifensee
Tel. +41-44-944 22 11, Fax +41-44-944 31 70
Stay up to Date
With METTLER TOLEDO
Take advantage of our variety of publications and online resources to keep you
and your business up to date and well informed.
Laboratory Library
A one-stop portal to get access to a wealth of knowledge:
• Live and on-demand webinars
• Literature such as guides, white papers and applications.
• Magazines by industry
www.mt.com/lab-library
Laboratory Youtube Channel
Our METTLER TOLEDO Laboratory Youtube channel offers
useful and reliable information about key measurements
in the lab such as weighing, titration, pH determination,
materials characterization, and more!
Visit the video channel today
www.youtube.com/mtlaboratory
Good Measuring Practices
Risk-based guidelines for weighing, titration, density,
refractometry, thermal analysis, melting & dropping point,
electrochemistry, and pipetting from METTLER TOLEDO
empower you to make the right decision when it really
matters.
Good Measurement Practices
www.mt.com/gp
New white paper on Good Measuring Practices
www.mt.com/Lab-Good-Practices
www.mt.com
For more information
Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Laboratory Division
CH-8606 Greifensee, Switzerland
Tel. +41 44 944 22 11
Fax +41 44 944 30 60
Quality certificate
Development, production and
­testing according to ISO 9001.
Subject to technical changes
© 01/2016 Mettler-Toledo GmbH
Printed in Switzerland 11795953
Global MarCom Switzerland
"Communauté Européenne"
This mark gives you the assurance that our products conform
with the latest directives.
Environment management
system according to ISO 14001.